9

9

3

L I I O N O ~

O w n e r ' s

M a n u a l

d i
THE STRENGTH OF EXPERIENCE,

INTRODUCTION
1993 GMC Sonoma Owner’s Manual
Welcome
Thismanualwasprepared to acquaintyouwith the operation and maintenance of your 1993 GMCSonomaand to provideimportantsafety information.ThereisalsoaGMCTruckWarrantyandOwnerAssistance Informationbooklet. In some vehicles,therecanbeinformationmanualsfrom othermanufacturerslikebodybuildersorspecialequipmentcompanies. We urgeyou to reviewallthesepublicationscarefully.Thiswillhelpyouenjoy safe and trouble-free operation of your vehicle. When it comes to service,keep in mindthatyourGMCTruckdealerknows yourvehiclebest and is interestedinyourcompletesatisfaction. Your dealer invitesyou to returnforall of yourserviceneedsbothduringandafter the warrantyperiod. and needhelphandlingittoyour Remember, if youhaveaconcern satisfaction,seetheprocedureintheGMCTruckWarrantyandOwner AssistanceInformationbooklet. ThanksforchoosingaGMCTruckproduct.Wevalueyouasamemberof theGMCTruckfamily.Wewant to assureyou of ourcontinuinginterest yourpleasure and satisfactionwithyourvehicle. in

GMCTruckDivision GeneralMotorsCorporation Pontiac,Michigan @Copyright 7992 General Motors Corporation, GMC Truck Division.
AI/ Rights Reserved

Second Edition

Printed in U.S.A.

i

ImportantNotes to OwnersandDrivers
so it will be there if youever need it whenyou’reontheroad. If you sell the vehicle,pleaseleavethismanual in it so thenewownercanuseit. This manualincludesthelatestinformationatthetime it wasprinted.We reserve the right to makechanges in theproductafterthattimewithout furthernotice.Forvehiclesfirst sold in Canada,substitute the name“General Motors of CanadaLimited’’forGMCTruckDivisionwhenever it appears in thismanual.

. . . .About This Manual: Pleasekeepthismanualinyourvehicle,

.For Canadian Owners Prefer Who a French Language Manual: Aux proprietaires canadiens: Vous pouvezvousprocurerunexemplairede ce guideenfrancaischezvotreconcessionaire ou auDGNMarketing ServicesLtd., 1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga,Ontario L5T 1C7.

. . .

GMCTRUCK

r

GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, GMC, and SONOMA are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation.

ii

Model Reference
This manual covers fhese models:
TYPE

MODEL

REGULAR CAB

CLUBCOUPElEXTENDED CAB

iii

TABLE OF CONTEIVTS

I

L I

I
TO212

iv

Section

A

This section tells you how to use your manual and includes safety and vehicle damage warnings and symbols. This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts properly.

This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.

i -

2
.

This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your audio system. Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions. This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or engine overheating. Here the manual tells you how to keep your vehicle running properly and looking good.

This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use. This section tells you how to contact your GM division for assistance and how to get service publications. It also gives you information on “Reporting SafetyDefects”.

1

9

Here’san alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this manual. You can use it to quickly find something you want to read.
TO210

V

How To Use This Manual

Manypeoplereadtheirowner’smanualfrombeginning to endwhentheyfirst receivetheirnewvehicle.Thiswill help youlearnaboutthefeaturesand controlsforyourvehicle. In thismanual,you’ll find thatpictures and words worktogether to explainthingsquickly.

INDEX: A good place to look forwhatyouneedistheIndexinbackofthe manual.It’sanalphabeticallist of allthat’s in themanual,andthe numberwhereyou’llfindit. SECTIONS 1-6: Each section of thismanualbeginswithabrieflist contents, so youcanoften find ataglance if asectioncontainsthe informationyouwant.

page of its

SECTION 7: Thissection of themanualcoversthemaintenancerequiredfor your vehicle. SECTION 8: CUSTOMERASSISTANCE: Thissectionincludesimportant informationaboutReportingSafetyDefectsandgivesyoudetailsaboutthe “RoadsideAssistance”program. You willalsofindcustomersatisfaction phone numbers(includingcustomersatisfactionnumbersforthehearingandspeech impaired) as well as the mediatiodarbitration procedure.We’vealsoincluded orderinginformationforservicepublicationsinthissection.

0-1

How To Use This Manual
Safety Warnings and Symbols
You will find anumber of safetycautions in this book. Weuseyellow and the wordCAUTION to tell youaboutthings that could hurtyou if youwere to ignore the warning.

I CAUTION
I;\
Thesemean there issomething that could hurt you or otherpeople.
L

In the yellow caution area, we tell youwhat the hazard is. Then we tell you what to do to help avoid orreduce the hazard.Pleasereadthese cautions. If youdon’t, you or others could be hurt. You will also find a red circle with aslash through it in this book. This safety symbolmeans“Don’t”, “Don’t dothis”,or“Don’t let this happen.’’

AM002002

0-2

Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in thisbookyou
will find thesebluenotices:
I

These meanthere is somethingthat could damage yourvehicle
I

In thebluenoticearea, we tell youaboutsomethingthat can damageyour vehicle.Manytimes,thisdamagewouldnotbecoveredbyyourwarranty,and itcould be costly.Butthenoticewill tell youwhat to dotohelpavoidthe damage. Whenyoureadothermanuals,youmightseeCAUTIONandNOTICE warningsindifferentcolorsor in differentwords. In thismanual,we’veused thefamiliarwords and colorsthatGeneralMotorshasusedforyears. You’ll alsoseewarninglabelsonyourvehicle.Theyusethesamecolors, andthewordsCAUTIONorNOTICE.

0-3

Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you will find on your vehicle. For example, these symbols are used on an original battery:

A
~~ ~

Caution Possible Injury

Protect Eyes by Shielding

Caustic Battery Acid Could Cause Burns

Spark or Flame Could Explode Battery

L -

Avoid Sparks or Flames

I hese symbols are important for

you and your passengers whenever your

vehicle is driven:

fasten Safety Door

Lock/Unlock

Belts

PO335

0-4

These symbols have to dowith your lights.

A
I
1
J

Master Lighting Switch

Turn Signal Direction

Hazard Warning Flasher

Heaulight High Beam

Parking Lights

Daytime Running Lights

u Fog Lights

These symbolsare on some of yourcontrols:

w
Windshield Washer Windshield Defroster Windshield Wiper Release Hood

0
I

I

L

Fan Ventilating

0-5

PO342

How To Use This Manual
Thesesymbolsareusedonwarningandindicatorlights.

I I
1

Engine Coolant Temperature

~

Battery Charging System

Fuel

Engine Oil Pressure

BRAKE

I
Brake (Digital Cluster)

BRAKE
Brake (Standard Cluster)

SHIFT
Shift Light

Here aresomeothersymbolsyoumay

see.

Fuse

Lighter

Horn

Speaker

PO343

0-6

.Jts & Safety Belts 4.
v
. -

......... ...-..: ..... .r ....

,

Hereyou’ll find informationabouttheseats in yourvehicleandhow to use your safety belts properly. You can also learn about some things you should not do with safety belts . Seats and Seat Controls ...................................................................................... 1-2 Head Restraints ................................................................................................. 1-7 Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone .................................................................... 1-7 Why Safety Belts Work ..................................................................................... 1-9 Questions Many People Ask About Safety Belts ......................................... 1-12 How To Wear Safety Belts Properly ................................................................. 1-14 ................................................................................... 1-14 Adults ......................... Driver Position.................................................................................................. 1-14 Lap-Shoulder Belt......................................................................................... 1-15 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ................................................................ 1-20 Right Front Passenger Position...................................................................... 1-21 Center Passenger Position ............................................................................. 1-21 Lap Belt ........................................................................................................ 1-22 Rear Seat Passenger Position ........................................................................ 1-23 Children ................................................................................................................ 1-24 Smaller Children and Babies .......................................................................... 1-24 1-26 Child Restraints ............................................................................................ Larger Children ................................................................................................ 1-32 Safety Belt Extender ........................................................................................... 1-35 Checking Your Restraint Systems ...................................................................... 1-35 Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash ............................................................... 1-35

..-...

1-1

Seats & Safety Belts
Seats and Seat Contro/s
Thissectiontellsyouaboutthe anddown. seats-how toadjustthem,and

fold themup

Front Seats
A

You canlosecontrol of thevehicle if you try toadjustamanual driver’sseatwhilethevehicleismoving. The suddenmovement :ould startleandconfuseyou,ormakeyoupushapedalwhenyou don’twantto.Adjustthedriver’sseatonlywhenthevehicle is not moving.

1

I

Manual Front Seat

I

I
KO302

Move the leverunderthefront of theseattowardyourdoortounlock Slidetheseattowhereyouwantit.Thenreleasetheleverandtry theseatwithyourbody,tomakesuretheseatislockedintoplace.

it.

to move

1-2

Reclining Front Seatbacks (Bucket Seats or 60140 Split-Bench)

J

KO305

To adjust the seatback, lift theleverontheouterside of theseat.Release thelever to lock the seatbackwhere you wantit. Pull up on the lever and theseatwillgo to an upright position.
But don’thave a seatbackreclined if yourvehicleismoving.

Sitting in a reclined position whenyourvehicleis in motioncanbe dangerous.Even if youbuckle up, yoursafetybeltscan’tdotheirjob whenyou’rereclinedlikethis. Theshoulderbeltcan’tdoitsjobbecause it won’tbeagainstyour body.Instead,itwill be infront of you. In a crashyoucould go i it, receiving neckorotherinjuries. Thelap belt can’t doits job, either. In a crashthebeltcouldgo up overyourabdomen.Thebeltforceswouldbethere, n at vmIr slvic bone!: This could causeseriousinternaliqjuries or proper protection when the vehicleis in motlon, nave me seatbackupright. TL-- sit well back i- tho !at and wear your safety belt properl!

I

1-3

Seats & Safety Belts

AN101021

Manual Lumbar Adjusfmenf

I

~

PO326

If youhave this feature, there will be aknobwithsixsettingson of the driverandpassengerbucketseats.

the outside to

Turn the knob counter-clockwise to increase lumbarsupportandclockwise decreaselumbarsupport.

Front Seatback Latches The front seatback folds forward to let people get into the backseator reach the storage area behind theseat. Your seatbackwillmovebackand forth freely,unlessyoucome to asuddenstop.Then it will lockinplace.
1-4

L

H

KO303

There’s one timetheseatbackmaynot fold withoutsomehelpfromyou. That’s if yourvehicleisparkedgoingdownafairlysteephill.

To foldafrontseatbackforward, push theseatbacktoward the rearas you liftthislatch. Then theseatbackwillfoldforward. The latchmustbedownfor theseat to workproperly.
Easy Entry Seat (Extended Cab)

KO304

The right front bucket or split-bench seat in andoutof the rearvehiclearea.

of your vehicle makes

it easytoget

1-5

Seats & Safety Belts
Whenyou tilt the rightfrontseatbackfullyforward, slide forward. the whole seat will

Aftersomeone gets into the rearseatarea,move the right front seatback to its original position.Thenmovetheseatrearward until it locks.

A

If aneasyentryrightfrontseat isn't locked, it canmove. In a wdden stopor crash, the person sittingthere could beinjured. A I K 'ou've used be it, sure to push rearwart y ; entry seat tr uesureitis locked.

--

I

To getout,again

tilt the seatbackfullyforward.

Jump Seat (Extended Cab Models)

KO808

Your extendedcab pickup mayhavejumpseats in the reararea. To fold the jump seat down, pull downon the handleonthebottom of the seat until the seat is in place. To store the seat,push it up until it is flushwith the trim panels. Don't let the safety belts be damagedby the hingesor the latches.

1-6

Head Restraints

AN102017

Slidetheheadrestraintupordown so thatthetopoftherestraintisclosest tothetop of yourears.This position reducesthechanceofaneckinjury a crash.

in

Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone
This part of the manual tells youhow to usesafety belts properly.Italsotells yousomethingsyoushouldnotdowithsafetybelts.

I CAUTION
Don’tletanyoneridewheretheycan’twear a safetybeltproperly. If youarein a crashandyou’renotwearing a safetybelt,yourinjurie canbe much worse. You canhitthingsinsidethevehicle or be ejectedfrom it. You canbeseriouslyinjuredorkilled. In the same crash,youmight not be ifyouarebuckled up. Alwaysfastenyour safetybeltandcheckthatyourpassengers’beltsarefastened
I

1-7

Seats & Safety Belts

AM110001

This figurelights upwhenyouturnthekey to RUN or START whenyour safety belt isn’tbuckled, and you’llhear a chime,too.It’sthereminder to buckleup. In manystates and Canadianprovinces,thelawsaystowear safety belts.Here’swhy: They work. You neverknow if you’ll be in acrash. If you do haveacrash,youdon’t knowif it willbea bad one. Afewcrashesareverymild. In them,youwon’tgethurteven if you’renot buckled up.Andsomecrashescanbe so serious, like being hitbyatrain, that evenbuckled up apersonwouldn’tsurvive.Butmostcrashesare in between. In many of them,peoplewhobuckleupcansurvive and sometimes walkaway.Without belts they could be badlyhurt or killed.

1-8

After 25 years ofsafetybelts in vehicles,thefactsareclear. bucklingup does matter . . . a lot!

In mostcrashes

( I

AN1 10023

Why Safety Belts Work

I_

AM115001

Whenyouride in oronanything, you goasfast as it goes.Forexample, thebike is going 10 mph (16 kmlh), so is the child.Whenthebikehitsthe block,it stops. But thechildkeepsgoing!

if

1-9

Seats & Safety Belts

- 2

P--=

AM115003

AM115004

Take the simplest“vehicle”.Supposeit’sjustaseat

on wheels. Put someone

on it.

AM1 15005

Get it up to speed.Then stop the “vehicle”.The rider doesn’t stop.

1-1 0

d”

I . Lr

AM115006

The personkeepsgoinguntilstopped could bethewindshield . . .

by something. In a realvehicle, it

or theinstrumentpanel

...

1-1 1

Seats & Safety Belts

L

AMI 15008

or the safetybelts! Withsafetybelts,youslowdownasthevehicledoes. You getmoretime to stop. You stopovermoredistance,andyourstrongestbones take theforces. That’s why safetybeltsmakesuchgoodsense.

Here Are Questions Many People Ask About Safety Belts-and the Answers Q: Won’t I betrapped in thevehicleafteranaccident if I’mwearinga
safetybelt? A: You could be-whetheryou’rewearing a safety belt ornot. But youcan easilyunbuckle a safetybelt,even if you’reupsidedown.Andyourchance of being conscious during andafteranaccident, so you can unbuckleandget out, is much greater ifyouarebelted.

Q: Why don’t they just put safety belts?

in air bags so people won’t have towear

A: “Air bags,’’ or Supplemental Inflatable Restraintsystems,areinsome vehiclestodayandwill be inmore of them in thefuture.Butthey are supplementalsystemsonly - so theywork with safetybelts,not instead of them.Every“airbag”systemever offered for sale has required the useof safetybelts.Evenifyou’rein a vehiclethathas“airbags,”you still haveto buckle up to getthemostprotection.That’struenotonlyinfrontalcollisions, but especially in side and othercollisions.

1-12

Q: IfI’ma good driver,and I never drive farfromhome,whyshould wearsafety belts?
A: Youmay beanexcellentdriver,but if you’re in anaccident - evenone thatisn’tyourfault - youandyourpassengers can behurt.Beinga good driverdoesn’tprotect you fromthingsbeyondyourcontrol,suchasbad drivers.

I

Mostaccidentsoccurwithin 25 miles (40 km)ofhome. number of seriousinjuriesanddeathsoccuratspeeds (65 km/h). Safetybeltsareforeveryone.

Andthegreatest of lessthan 40 mph

Safety Belt Reminder Light

KO286

Whenthekeyis turned to RUN or START, alightwill come on forabout eightseconds to remindpeople to fastentheirsafetybelts.Unlessthedriver’s safetybeltisbuckled,achimewillalsosound.

1-13

Seats & Safety Belts
How To Wear Safety Belts Prroperly Adults
This part is only for people

of adultsize.

I

Therearespecialthingstoknowaboutsafetybeltsandchildren.And L there are different rules-for babies and smaller children. If a child will beridinginyourvehicle,seethepartafterthisone,called ‘‘Children”.Followtheserulesforeveryone’sprotection.
A

First,you’llwanttoknowwhichrestraintsystemsyourvehiclehas.We’llstart withthedriverposition.

Driver Position
Thispartdescribesthedriver’srestraintsystem.

KO824

1-1 4

Lap-Shoulder Belt

1

\

AN1 20165

The driver has alap-shoulderbelt.Here’show
1. Close and lockthedoor. 2. Adjusttheseat(toseehow,see“Seats” upstraight.

to wear it properly. in theIndex) so youcansit

AM120077

3. Pickupthelatchplateandpull twisted.

.the beltacrossyou.Don’tlet it clicks.

it get

4. Pushthelatch

plate into thebuckleuntil
1-1 5

Sr.,ts & Safety Belts
If thebeltisn’t section. long enough,see“SafetyBeltExtender’’atthe end of this or outward so you

Makesuretherelease button onthebucklefacesupward would be able to unbuckleitquickly if youeverhadto.

AM1 20007

I

Thelappart of the belt shouldbe low and snugonthehips, just touching the thighs. In a crash,thisappliesforcetothestrongpelvicbones.And you’d belesslikely to slide underthe lap belt. If youslidunderit,thebelt would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. Theseparts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or a crash.

1-1 6

Q: What’swrongwith

this?

t

“it t

8
AM12001 5

A: Theshoulder belt is too loose. It won’tgivenearlyasmuch way.

protection this

I

-

You can be seriouslyhurt if yourshoulderbeltis crashyouwouldmoveforward too much, which Theshoulderbeltshould fit againstyourbody.

too loose. In a could increaseinjury.

Q: What’swrong with this?

AM120016

A: The belt isbuckled in the wrong place.
1-1 7

Q: What'swrongwiththis?

i

AM125002

A: The belt is twistedacrossthebody.

back out of the way.

r -

AM1 20060

1-19

Seats & Safety Belts
Beforeyouclosethe door, besurethebeltisoutofthe way. If youslam thedooron it, youcandamageboththebelt and yourvehicle.

Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy

Safetybeltsworkforeveryone,includingpregnantwomen.Likealloccupants, theyaremorelikelytobeseriouslyinjured iftheydon’twearsafetybelts. pregnantwomanshouldwearalap-shoulderbeltandthelapportionshould beworn as lowaspossiblethroughoutthepregnancy. The best waytoprotectthefetus is to protectthemother.Whenasafety belt is wornproperly,it’smorelikelythatthefetuswon’tbehurt in acrash. Forpregnantwomen, as foranyone,thekey to makingsafetybeltseffective is wearing them properly.

A

1-20

Right Front Passenger Position

KO833

The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same way as the driver’s safetybelt.See“DriverPosition,”earlier in thispart. When the lap portion of the belt is pulled out all the way, it willlock. If it does, let it go back all the way and start again.

Center Passenger Position (Bench Seat)

KO891

If yourvehiclehas

a bench seat,someone can sit in the centerposition.

1-21

Seats & Safety Belts
Lap Belt

AM145014Rl

AM145024R1

When you sit in a centerseatingposition,you have a lapsafetybelt,which has no retractor. To makethe belt longer,tiltthe latch plate and pull it along the belt.

To make the beltshorter, pull its freeendasshown
Buckle,positionandreleaseitthesame lap-shoulder belt.
If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBelt section.

until thebeltissnug.

wayas the lappart of a Extender’’ at the end of this

Makesuretherelease button on the bucklefacesupward would be abletounbuckleitquickly if you ever had to.

or outward so you

1-22

Rear Seat Passengers (Extended Cab Jump Seats)

KO841

Theseare reserve seatingpositionsequippedwithlapbeltsonly. It's very importantforrearseatpassengers to buckleup!Accidentstatisticsshowthat unbeltedpeople in therearseatarehurtmoreoften in crashesthanthose whoarewearingsafetybelts. Rearpassengerswho aren't safely belted canbethrownout of thevehiclein a crash.Andtheycanstrikeothersinthevehiclewhoarewearingsafety belts.

AN147141

AN147142

Each jumpseathasa lap beltwithnoretractor. thelatch plate a little and pull thebelt.
1-23

To makethebeltlonger,

tilt

Seats & Safety Belts
To make it shorter,pullthebeltasshownuntil it is snug.Buckle,position and release it thesame wayasthelappartofthedriver’ssafetybelt(see “DriverPosition” in theIndex.)Makesurethebucklefacesupward or outward so youwouldbe able to unbuckle it quickly if youeverhad to.
Don’tusechildrestraints on theseseats.Theywon’tworkproperly.

Children
T

AM150004Rl

-

Everyoneinavehicleneedsprotection!Thatincludesinfantsandallchildren smallerthanadultsize. in fact,thelaw in everystateandCanadianprovince sayschildrenuptosomeagemustberestrainedwhile in avehicle.

Smaller Children and Babies
Smallerchildrenandbabiesshouldalwaysberestrained in achild or Ifant restraint.Theinstructionsfortherestraintwillsaywhether it is therighttypeandsize for yourchild. A veryyoungchild’ship bones are so smallthataregularbeltmightnotstaylowonthehips, as it should.Instead,thebeltwilllikelybeoverthechild’sabdomen. In a crashthebeltwouldapplyforceright on thechild’sabdomen,which couldcauseseriousorfatalinjuries. So, besurethatanychildsmall enough foroneisalwaysproperlyrestrained in a childorinfant restraint.

1-24

AM150035

1 CAUTION
Never hold a baby in your arms while riding in a vehicle. A baby doesn'tweighmuch-until a crash.Duringacrashababywill become so heavyyoucan't hold it. For example, in a crash at only 25 mph(40 km/h), a12-pound (5.5 kg) baby will suddenlybecome a 240-pound (110 kg) force on your arms. The baby would be almost impossible to hold. Secure the baby in restraint. an infant

I

b

1-25

Seats & Safety Belts
Child Restraints Be sure to followtheinstructionsfortherestraint. Youmay findthese instructionsontherestraintitself orin abooklet, orboth.Theserestraints usethebeltsystem in yourvehicle,butthechildalsohas to be secured withintherestrainttohelpreducethechanceofpersonalinjury.The instructionsthatcomewiththeinfantorchildrestraintwill show youhow to do that. The child restraintmustbesecuredproperly in thecenter(except60/40 benchseat)orrightfrontpassengerseat. If youhavea60140 split-bench seat,youmustusetherightfrontpassengerseat.

1

Top Strap

AN155001

Ifyourchildrestrainthasa top strap, it shouldbeanchored. If youneed to haveananchorinstalled,youcanaskyour GM dealer to put it in foryou.If youwant to installananchoryourself,yourdealercantellyouhowto do it.

1-26

Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position (Bench Seat-Except 60/40 Split-Bench Seat)
1

KO891

Don’tuse child restraints in thecenter position of a 60/40split-bench seat. Whenyou secure a child restraint in a centerseatingposition, you’ll beusing the lap belt.See the earlierpartaboutthetopstrap if the child restrainthas one.
1. Makethe belt as long as possible by tilting the latch plate and pulling it along the belt.

AN163060

1-27

Seats & Safety Belts
2. Puttherestraintontheseat.Followtheinstructionsforthe restraint.

child

3. Securethechild

in thechildrestraintastheinstructionssay.

AM163061

5. Bucklethebelt.Makesuretherelease so you’ll be able to unbuckleitquickly
6. To tightenthebelt, restraint.

button facesupwardoroutward, if youeverneedto. on thechild

pull its freeendwhileyoupushdown

7. Pushand pull thechildrestraint in differentdirectionstobesure it is secure. If thechildrestraintisn’tsecure, turn thelatchplateover and buckle it again.Thensee if it issecure. If it isn’t,securetherestraint in adifferentplace in thevehicleandcontactthechildrestraintmakerfor their advice.

To removethechildrestraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafetybelt. ready to workfor an adultorlargerchildpassenger.

It willbe

1-28

Jump Seats (Extended Cab) Don’tuse child restraints in these positions. The restraintswon’twork properly.

KO597

60/40 Split-Bench Seat Don’tuse a child restraint inthisposition.Therestraintwon’tworkproperly.

h

8
PO352

1-29

Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position

KO833

You’ll be usingthelap-shoulderbelt.Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap if thechildrestrainthasone.
1. Puttherestraintontheseat. Follow theinstructionsforthechild restraint. 2. Securethechild in thechildrestraint as theinstructions say. 3. Pulloutthevehicle’ssafetybeltandrunthelappartthroughoraround thechildrestraint.Thechildrestraintinstructionswillshowyou if theshoulderbeltwould go in front of thechild’sfaceorneck. put it behindthechildrestraint.

how. See If so,

AN165021

1-30

4. Bucklethe belt. Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardoroutward, so you'll beable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneedto. 5. Pulltherest of thelapbeltallthewayout of theretractor to setthe lock.

L

i.

AN165148

AN165027

6. To tightenthebelt,feedthelapbeltbackintotheretractorwhileyou pushdownonthechildrestraint.

I
AN165146

7. Push and pullthe child restraint in differentdirections to besure it is secure.

1-31

Seats & Safety Belts
If you’reusingabucketseat,adjusttheseatforwarduntilthelapportion thesafetybeltholdstherestraintfirmly.But,don’tmove it anymorethan needed to tightenthe lap belt.

of

To removethechildrestraint,unbucklethevehicle’ssafetybelt and let it go back all the way. The safetybeltwillmovefreelyagain and be ready to work foranadultorlargerchildpassenger.

Larger Chj’ldren
I

AN1700;

Children whohaveoutgrownchildrestraintsshouldwearthevehicle’ssafety belts. If youhavethechoice,achildshouldsitnext to awindow so thechild canwear a lap-shoulderbeltandgettheadditionalrestraint a shoulderbelt canprovide. Children who aren’tbuckled up can be thrownoutinacrash.

1-32

PO355

Childrenwhoaren’tbuckled
I

can strikeotherpeoplewhoare.

AM170052

CAUTION
Never do this.

’ Heretwochildrenarewearingthesame
I

belt. Thebeltcan’tproperly spreadtheimpactforces. In a crash,the two childrencanbe crushedtogether and seriouslyinjured. A beltmustbeusedbyonly one person time. a at

1-33

Seats & Safety Belts
Q: Whatifa child is wearingalap-shoulder belt, but the child is so smallthat the shoulder belt isveryclosetothechild’sface or neck?
A: Movethechildtowardthecenter of thevehicle,butbesurethatthe shoulderbeltstillisonthechild’sshoulder, so that in acrashthechild’s upperbodywouldhavetherestraintthatbeltsprovide. If thechild is so small thattheshoulderbeltstillisveryclosetothechild’sface orneck,youmight wanttoplacethechildinaseatthathasalapbelt, if yourvehiclehasone.

AM170051

I CAUTION

Whereverthechildsits,the lap portion of thebeltshouldbewornlowand snugonthehips,justtouchingthechild’sthighs.Thisappliesbeltforceto thechild’spelvicbonesinacrash.

1-34

Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle’ssafetybelt
will fastenaroundyou,youshould use it. But if a safetybeltisn’t long enough to fasten, your dealer will orderyouan extender.It’sfree.When you go in to orderit,take the heaviestcoat you will wear, so theextenderwill be long enough for you.Theextender will be just foryou, and just fortheseat in yourvehiclethatyouchoose.Don’t let someone eke use it,and use itonlyfor the seat it is made to fit. To wearit, justattach it to the regular safety belt.

Checking Your Restraint Systems
Now andthen,makesure all yourbelts,buckles,latchplates,retractors, anchorages and remindersystemsareworkingproperly.Look for anyloose parts or damage. If you see anythingthatmightkeep a restraintsystemfrom doingitsjob, have itrepaired.

Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash
If you’ve had a crash,do you need newbelts?
After a veryminorcollision,nothingmay be necessary.But if thebeltswere stretched, astheywould be if wornduring a moreseverecrash,then you need newbelts.
If youeversee a label on a right front safety belt thatsays to replacethe belt, be sure to do so. Then it will be there to helpprotect you in an accident. You wouldseethis label on the beltnear the dooropening.

135

Seats & Safety Belts
If beltsarecut ordamaged,replacethem.Collisiondamagealsomaymean you will have to havesafetybeltparts,like the retractor,replacedor anchoragelocationsrepaired-even if thebeltwasn’tbeingusedatthetime of the collision.

Q: What’s wrong with this?

AP125004

A: The belt is torn.

Tornor frayedbeltsmaynotprotectyou in acrash.They can rip apartunderimpactforces. If abelt is torn orfrayed,getanewone
m

fore replacinganysafetybelt,seeyourdealer for thecorrectpartnumber. You’ll need themodelyearandmodelnumberforyourvehicle.Themodel yearisonyourtitleandregistration. And you canfindthemodelnumber on thecertificationhirelabel ofyourvehicle.

1-36

C

7
,i i , .

A
K2447

Themodelnumber on thereplacementbeltmustbelisted you want to replace.

on thesafetybelt

1-37

Features & Controls

Hereyou can learnaboutthemanystandard and optionalfeaturesonyour vehicle.andinformationonstarting.shifting.andbraking . Also explainedare the instrumentpanel and thewarningsystemsthat tell you if everythingis working properly-and what to do if you have a problem .

For explanation of vehiclesymbols.refer Section 0.
Your Doors and How They Work

to "VehicleSymbols"in

Keys ....................................................................................................................... 2-3

........................................................................ 2-5

Side Doors ......................................................................................................... 2-5 Door Locks ......................................................................................................... 2-6 Theft ....................................................................................................................... 2-8 2-9 New Vehicle Break-In ........................................................................................... Ignition Switch ....................................................................................................... 2-9 Starting Your Engine ........................................................................................... 2-11 Driving Through Deep Standing Water .......................................................... 2-14 Automatic Transmission ...................................................................................... 2-16 2-19 Five-Speed Manual Transmission ...................................................................... 2-21 Locking Rear Axle ............................................................................................... 2-21 Parking Brake ...................................................................................................... Parking Over Things That Burn ......................................................................... 2-25

2-1

.

;

& Contmls
..................................................
2-26 2-27 2-20 2-29 2-31 2-33 2-33

Engine Exhaust ................................................................................................... 2-26 Running Your Engine While You’re Parked Four-wheel Drive ................................................................................................ Manual Transfer Case ..................................................................................... Electronic Transfer Case ................................................................................. Windows ............................................................................................................... Tailgate ................................................................................................................. Horn...................................................................................................................... Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever

Tilt Wheel ............................................................................................................. 2-34

.......................................................................... 2-35 Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator ....................................................... 2-36 Headlight High-Low Beam .............................................................................. 2-38 Windshield Wipers ........................................................................................... 2-38 Windshield Washer .......................................................................................... 2-40 Cruise Control .................................................................................................. 2-41
2-46

Lights .................................................................................................................... Mirrors .................................................................................................................. Accessory Power Outlet

2-50

..................................................................................... 2-53 Cigarette LightedAshtrays ................................................................................... 2-54
2-55 Storage Compartments ....................................................................................... Instrument Cluster ............................................................................................... 2-62

.......................................................... Trailer Wiring Harness ........................................................................................
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators

2-65 2-75

2-2

Keys

KO202

I CAUTION avehiclewith the ignition If\ Leaving young children in orotherscouldbebadlyinjuredkey is dangerous for manyreasons. A child oreven
killed.

-

Theycouldoperate power windowsorothercontrolsorevenmake the vehiclemove.Don'tleavethekeys in avehiclewith young m. chi1

I
The ignitionkeys are fortheignitiononly.

I
K5127

2-3

Featuves & Controls

E

K5316

The doorkeysareforthedoors

and allotherlocks.

\

Whena new vehicleisdelivered,thedealerremovestheplugsfromthe keys, and givesthem to thefirstowner. Eachplughasacodeon it thattellsyourdealeroraqualifiedlocksmithhow to makeextrakeys. Keep theplugs in asafeplace. If youloseyourkeys, you’ll beable to havenewonesmadeeasilyusingtheseplugs.

2-4

I NOTICE
I

Your vehicle has a number of new features that can help prevent theft. But you can have a lot of trouble getting into your vehicle if youever lock yourkeysinside. Youmay evenhave to damageyour vehicle to getin. I So be sure to have extra keys.

Your Doors And How They Work
Side Doors
To openthedoorfromtheoutside,liftthehandleandpullthedooropen.

KO298

To openthedoorfromthe dooropen.

inside, pull thelevertowardyouandpushthe

2-5

t

Features & Controls
Door Locks

u I I'
' '

Unlockeddoorscanbedangerous. Passengers-especially children-can easily open the doors and fall out.Whenadoorislocked,theinsidehandlewon'topenit. Outsiderscaneasilyenterthroughanunlockeddoorwhenyouslow down orstopyourvehicle. Thismaynotbe so obvious: You increasethechance of being thrownout of thevehicle in acrash if thedoorsaren'tlocked.Wear safetybeltsproperly,lockyourdoors, and youwillbefarbetter off

I

whenever your you vehicle. drive I here are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle:

Fromtheinside: LOCK.

To lockthedoor,slidetheleveronyourinsidedoor

to

24

r
i
KO207

To unlockthedoorfromtheinside:Slidetheleveronyourinside towardyou. You will seea red areaonthelever.

door

KO294

Power Door Locks If yourvehiclehaspowerdoorlocks,pushthepowerdoorlockswitch eitherfront door towardthekeysymbol.Thisswitchwilllockallthedoors once.

on at

To unlockthe doors, pushtheswitchawayfrom the keysymbol. Leaving Your Vehicle If you areleavingthevehicle,takeyourkeys,openyourdoor and setthe locksfromtheinside.Thengetout and closethedoor.

2-7

Features & Controls
Theft
Vehicletheftisa big business,especially in somecities.Althoughyour vehiclehasanumber of theftdeterrentfeatures, weknow thatnothing we put on it canmake it impossible to steal.However,therearewaysyoucan help.

Key in the Ignition: If youwalkawayfromyourvehiclewiththekeysinside, it’saneasytargetforjoyridersorprofessionalthieves-sodon’t do it.When youparkyourvehicleand open thedriver’s door,you’llhearatonereminding you to removeyourkeyfromtheignition and take it withyou.Always do this. Yoursteeringwheelwillbelocked,and so willyourignition. If youhave anautomatictransmission,takingyourkeyoutalsolocksyourtransmission. And remember to lockthedoors.
Parking at Night: Park in alightedspot,close all windowsandlockyour vehicle.Remembertokeepyourvaluablesoutofsight.Putthem in astorage area,ortakethemwithyou. ParkingLots: If youpark in alotwheresomeone will bewatchingyour vehicle,it’sbest to lock it up andtakeyourkeys.Butwhat if youhave to leaveyourignitionkey?What if youhavetoleavesomethingvaluable in your vehicle?
Putyourvaluablesinastoragearea,likeyourglovebox. Locktheglovebox. Lockalldoorsexceptthedriver’s. Thentakethedoorkeywithyou.

2-8

New Vehicle

6f

’+
*A
, , , ,

Your modern vehicledoesn’t need anelaborate“break-in.”But qerformbetter in thelongrun if youfollowtheseguidelines. Keep your speed at 55 mph (88 km/h)or less forthefirst (804 km). don’t drive a, ally one speed-fastorslow-forthefirst (804 km).Don’tmake full-throttle start?

500 mile3
500 mile:

Avoidmaking hard stopsfor the first 200 miles (322 km)or so Duringthistimeyournewbrakeliningsaren’tyetbrokenin.Hard stops with new linings can mean prematurewear and ear replacement.Followthis“breaking-in”guidelineeverytime you get new brake linings.

Ignition Switch
Use yourignitionkey to startyourvehicle. ignitionswitchtofivedifferentpositions: The ignitionkeyletsyouturnthe

i3

KO404

Acc(Accessory):Acc lets youusethingsliketheradioandthewindshield wiperswhen the engineis off. To get into Acc, pushinthekeyand turn it towardyou. Your steeringwheel will remainlocked, just as it wasbeforeyou insertedthe key.

2-9

Features & Contmls
LOCK: Thispositionlocksyourignition,steeringwheelandtransmission. It’s atheftdeterrentfeature. You willonlybeable to removeyourkeywhenthe ignition is turned to LOCK. Off: Thispositionletsyouturn off theenginebut like LOCK. Use Off if youmusthaveyourvehicle is off (forexample, if yourvehicleisbeingpushed).
still turnthesteeringwheel in motionwhile the engine

Run: This is thepositionfordriving.
Start: Thisstartsyourengine.

Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,turningthekey to “LOCK” will lock b the steering column and result in a loss of ability to steerthe If youneed to turntheengine vehicle.Thiscouldcauseacollision. off whilethevehicleismoving,turnthekeyonlyto “Off’. Don’t movethekeyreleaseleverwhilethevehicleismoving.

NOTICE
If your key seems stuck in LOCK and youcan’t turn it,besure it is althe way in. If it is, then turn thesteeringwheel left and rightwhile you turn the keyhard. But turn the key only with your hand. Using a tool t c force it could break the key or the ignition switch. If none of this wo then your vehicle needs service.
I

2-1 0

Key Release Lever

KO495

The ignition key cannot be removedfromtheignition vehiclesunlessthekeyreleaselever is used.

of manualtransmission

To Remove the Key Turnthekey to the LOCK position while pressing thekeyreleaseleverdown at thesametime. Keeping yourfinger on thelever, pull the keystraightout.
Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,turnthekey out, to LOCK and pull it straight

Starting Your Engine
Enginesstartdifferently.The 8th digit of yourVehicle Identification Number (VIN)shows the code letter or number for yourengine. You will find the VIN at the top left of your instrument panel.(See“Vehicle Identification Number’’ in the Index.) Follow the proper steps to starttheengine.

To Start Your 2 5 Liter (VIN Code A) L4 Engine: .
1. AutomaticTransmission:

Moveyourshiftlever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). Your enginewon’t start inanyotherposition-that’sasafetyfeature. To restartwhenyou’re alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only.

2-1 1

Features & Controls

I NOTICE
Ion’t try to shift to P (Park) if yourvehicle is moving. If you do, you :odd damac- the ‘-ansmission. Shift to P (Park) when only y c vehicle ;topped.
IS

ManualTransmission:
Shiftyourgearselector to N (Neutral)and hold theclutchpedaltothe floorwhilestartingtheengine.Yourvehiclewon’tstart if theclutchpedal is not all the waydown-that’s asafetyfeature.
2. Don’tpushtheacceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine. othervehiclesyoumight need to do this,butbecause computersystems,youdon’t.
3. Turnyourignitionkey

In some of yourvehicle’s of the

key.Theidlespeedwill In very cold weather,dothis:

to Start. Whentheenginestarts,letgo go downasyourenginegetswarm.

1. Withyourfoot off theacceleratorpedal, turn yourignitionkey to Start untilyourenginebeginsfiring.Pushdownontheacceleratorpedal slightly.When the enginepicks upspeed,letgoofthekey.Onceyour engineisrunningsmoothly,letupontheacceleratorpedal. 2. If itdoesn’tstartrightaway, push theacceleratorpedalallthewayto thefloorandholditthere as youholdthekeyin Start foraboutthree seconds. If thevehiclestartsbrieflybutthenstopsagain, do thesame thing,butthistimekeepthepedaldown until yourenginerunssmoothly.

Holdingyourkey in Start forlongerthan 15 secondsatatimewill cause yourbattery to be drainedmuck -ooner, - thc !xcessiveheat can damage your starter motor.
nrl

2-1 2

NOTICE
Your engine is designed to workwith the electronics in yourvehicle. If yo’. add electrical parts or accessories, you could change the waythe fuel injection systemoperates.Beforeaddingelectricalequipment,checkwit yuor dealer. If you don’t, your engine might perform properly. not If you ever have your vehicle towed, see the part of this Manuel that tells

I

+I* I Gr. *F&& ~~.~~~~~~~~~~ ; (.xi;i:Il--n-.-,~.~~~,C~~

To Starl Your 2.8 Liter (VIN Code R) and 4.3 Liter (VIN Codes Z and W) V6 Engines:
1. AutomaticTransmission:

Moveyourshiftlever to P (Park)or N (Neutral). Your enginewon’tstart inanyotherposition-that’sasafetyfeature. To restartwhenyou’re alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only.

NOTICE
Don’ttry to shift to P (Park) if your vehicle is moving. If youdo, yo1 could damaae the transmission. Sh to P (Pa when onlv vour vehicl- .s stomed

ManualTransmission:
Shiftyourgearselectorto N (Neutral)and hold theclutchpedal to the floorwhilestartingtheengine. Your vehiclewon’tstart if theclutchpedal isnot all thewaydown-that’sasafetyfeature.
2. Don’t push theacceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine. In some othervehiclesyoumight need todo this, butbecause ofyourvehicle’s computersystems,youdon’t.
3. Turnyourignitionkey to Start. Whentheenginestarts,letgo key.Theidlespeedwillgodownasyourenginegetswarm.

of the

NOTICE

0

Holding key your in Stari for longer than 15 seconds a attime will yourbattery to be drained muchsooner.Andtheexcessiveheatcat damage your starter motor,

Jse

I

-

2-1 3

Features & Controls
4. I itdoesn’tstartright away, holdyourkeyin f Start. If itdoesn’tstartin threeseconds,pushtheaccelerator pedal about one-quarter of the way downfor 12 moreseconds, or untilitstarts.

5. If yourengine still won’tstart (or starts butthenstops), floodedwith too muchgasoline. Try this:

it could be

Wait 15 seconds to letthestartermotorcooldown.Thenpushyour acceleratorpedal all the way to thefloor.Holditthere.Then, key in Start for no morethantenseconds.Thisclearstheextra gasolinefromtheengine.

hold the

If theenginestilldoesn’tstart,waitanother again.
Whentheenginestarts,letgo

15 secondsanddoitall

of thekeyandtheacceleratorpedal.

Driving Through Deep Standing Water

NOTICE
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water,waterca come in through your engine’s air intake and badly damage your engine. you ca slowlv.

2-1 4

Engine Block Heater

In verycoldweather, 0°F (-18°C) orcolder,theoptionalengineblockheater canhelp.You’llgeteasierstarting and betterfueleconomyduringengine warm-up.

To usethe block heater:
1. Turn off theengine.
2. Open thehood and unwrap theelectricalcord.

3. Plug it intoanormal,grounded110-voltoutlet.

CAUTION
Pluggingthe cord intoanungroundedoutletcouldcauseanelectrical b shock. Also, the wrong kind of extensioncordcouldoverheatand causeafire. You could be seriouslyinjured.Plugthecord into a properlygroundedthree-prong110-voltoutlet. If the cord won’treach, useaheavy-dutythree-prongextension cord ratedfor at least 15 > ;,& : . am . ps .%t - * ,.I *
%

.

,IC

7

b...

+

NOTICE
After you’ve the heater, used block be sure to store the cord as it was before, to keep it --av from mc**:lgenc:-2part! if you A--’’ , it luld ~c damaged.

I

2-1 5

Features & Controls
Howlong should youkeeptheblock heater pluggedin?Theanswerdepends on the weather,the kind of oil you have, andsome other things. Instead of trying to listeverything here, weask that you contact aGeneralMotors dealer in the area whereyou'llbe parking yourvehicle.Thedealercan give you the best advicefor that particular area.

Automatic 7Pansrnission

Thereareseveral

different positions foryourshiftlever. the best position to usewhen can't moveeasily.

P (Park).Thislocksyourrearwheels.It's youstartyourenginebecauseyourvehicle

2-1 6

CAUTION
I; It is dangerous to getout of yourvehicle if theshiftleverisnotfully
in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset. Your vehiclecanroll. Don’tleaveyourvehiclewhentheengineisrunningunlessyouhave to.Ifyouhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmove suddenly. You or others could beinjured. To besureyourvehicle won’tmove,whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,alwayssetyour parkingbrake and movetheshiftlever to P (Park).
If youhavefour-wheeldrive,yourvehiclewill be free to roll-even if yourshiftleveris in P (Park)-ifyour transfercaseis in N (Neutral). So besurethetransfercase is. in adrive gear-notin N (Neutral). See“Shifting into P (Park)”intheIndex. If youareparkingonahill, or, if you’repullingatrailer,alsosee“ParkingonHills’’or“Towinga Trailer” in the Index. I
~

R (Reverse).Usethisgear

to backup.

Shifting to R (Reverse)whileyourvehicle is movingforward could damagc yourtransmission.Shift to R (Reverse)onlyafteryourvehicle is stopped.
I

To rockyourvehicleback and forth to getout of snow, ice orsandwithout damagingyourtransmission,see “If You’reStuck in Sand,Mud, Ice orSnow” in theIndex. N (Neutral). In thisposition,yourenginedoesn’tconnectwiththewheels. To restartwhenyou’realreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only. Also, use N (Neutral)whenyourvehicle is being towed.

CAllTlnN
Shiftingout of P (Park)or N (Neutral)whileyourengine is “racing” b (runningat high speed)isdangerous.Unlessyourfoot is firmlyon thebrakepedal,yourvehicle could moveveryrapidly. You couldlose control and hit peopleorobjects.Don’tshiftout of P (Park)or N (Neutral)whileyourengine is racing.

I

2-1 7

__

NOTICE
Damage to your transmission caused by shifting out of P (Park) or (Neutral) with the engine racing isn’t covered by your warranty. OD (AutomaticOverdrive).Thisposition more powerforpassing,andyou’re: pedalabouthalfwaydown. - Goingabout 35 mph (56 kmlh) or more,pushtheacceleratorallthe waydown.You’llshiftdown to thenextgearandhavemorepower. is fornormaldriving.

I

If you need

- Goingless than about 35 mph (56 km/h),pushyouraccelerator

OD should not be used whentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload, drivingonsteephills, or foroff-roaddriving.Select D (thirdgear)when operating the vehicle under any of theseconditions.
D (ThirdGear).This is like OD, butyounevergointoOverdrive. shoulduse D whentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,drivingon steeps hills, or for off-roaddriving.
You

2 (SecondGear).Thispositiongivesyou more powerbutlowerfuel economy.You canuse 2 (SecondGear)onhills. It canhelpcontrolyour speed as yougodownsteepmountainroads,butthenyouwould also want to use your brakes off and on. If youhavea 4.3L engine(Codes Z and W) and if youmanuallyselect 2, thetransmissionwilldrive in secondgear. Youmayuse thisfeature forreducingtorque to therearwheelswhenyouaretrying to startyour vehiclefromastop on slipperyroadsurfaces.
1 (FirstGear).Thispositiongivesyouevenmorepower(butlowerfuel economy)than 2. You can useitonverysteephills,or in deepsnow or mud. If theselectorlever is put in 1, thetransmissionwon’tshiftinto first gearuntilthevehicle is goingslowlyenough.

If yourrearwheelscan’trotate,don’ttry to drive.Thismight happen if you were stuck in very deep sand or mud or agair solid object. You coulddamageyourtransmission.

2-1 8

FivemSpeed Manual lLansmission

PO348

This is the shiftpattern.Here’show
e

to operateyourtransmission:

1 (FirstGear)-Press the clutchpedalandshift into 1. Then,slowlylet upontheclutchpedalas you presstheacceleratorpedal.
You canshift into 1 whenyou’regoinglessthan 20 mph (32 km/h). If you’vecometo a completestop and it’shardtoshift into 1, putthe shiftleverin N (Neutral) and letupontheclutch.Presstheclutchpedal backdown. Then shift into 1.

e

2 (SecondGear)-Presstheclutchpedalasyouletuponthe acceleratorpedal and shiftinto 2. Then,slowlylet up on theclutch pedalasyoupresstheacceleratorpedal.

e

e

3, 4 and 5 (Third,FourthandFifthGears)-Shiftinto 3, 4 and 5 the sameway you do for 2. Slowlyletupontheclutchpedalasyoupress theacceleratorpedal. To Stop -Letupon theacceleratorpedalandpressthebrakepedal. Justbeforethevehiclestops,presstheclutchpedalandthebrake pedal, and shiftto N (Neutral). N (Neutral)-Usethispositionwhenyoustart or idleyourengine. R (Reverse)-To back up,pressdowntheclutchpedal and shiftinto R. Letupontheclutchpedalslowlywhilepressingtheacceleratorpedal.

2-1 9

Features & Controls
Shift to R (Reverse)onlyafteryourvehicle is stopped.Shifting to R everse) while your vehicle is moving could damage your transmission.

Also use R (Reverse)alongwiththeparkingbrakeforparkingyourvehicle.

Shift Light

KO287

If youhaveamanualtransmission,youhavea SHIFT light.Thislightwill showyouwhen to shifttothenexthighergearforbestfueleconomy.
When this lightcomeson,youcanshift to thenexthighergear road andtrafficconditionsletyou.Forthebestfueleconomy,accelerate slowlyandshiftwhenthelightcomeson.

if weather,

Whileyouaccelerate, it isnormalforthelighttogoonand off if youquickly change theposition of theaccelerator.Ignorethe SHIFT lightwhen you downshift.

For Four-wheel DriveVehicles Only: Ifyour vehiclehasfour-wheeldrive and is equippedwithamanualtransmission,disregardtheshiftlightwhenthe transfercaseis in 4 LOW.

Shift Speeds-Manual Transmissions
If yourspeeddropsbelow 20 mph (32 km/h),or if theengineisnotrunning smoothly, you shoulddownshift to thenextlowergear. You mayhave to downshifttwo or moregears to keeptheenginerunningsmoothlyorfor good performance.
2-20

I CAUTION A If youskipmorethanonegearwhenyoudownshift,youcouldlose control of yourvehicle. And youcouldinjureyourselforothers.
If youskip more than one gear when you downshift, or if yourace th enginewhenyoudownshift, you candamagetheclutch or transmission.

I

N O TC l E
Locking Rear Axle
If youhave this feature,yourrearaxlecangiveyouadditionaltractionon snow,mud,ice,sandorgravel. It workslikeastandardaxlemost of the time,butoneoftherearwheels has notractionandtheotherdoes,the lockingfeaturewillallow the wheelwithtraction to movethevehicle.

Parking Brake

KO424

To set the parking brake:
Holdtheregularbrakepedal down withyourright foot. Pushdownthe parkingbrake pedal withyourleftfoot. If theignition is on,thebrakesystem warninglightwillcomeon.

2-21

Features & Controls
To release fhe parking brake:
Hold theregularbrakepedaldown.Pullthebrakereleaselever.

You may have tc ,zplace them, and you could also damage other your vehicle. If you are on a hill: See“Parkingon wheels.

parts

Hills” intheIndex.Thatpartshowshow

to turnyourfront

If you are towing a trailerand are parkingonany
See “Towing aTrailer” in theIndex.Thatpartshowswhat thetrailerfrommoving.

hill:
to do first to keep

Torque Lock
The parkingbrakeshouldbesetfirstwheneverleavingthedriver’sseat. It you areparked on a hill andthetransmissionisplaced in P (Park)before theparkingbrakeisset,theweight ofthevehiclemay put too muchforce ontheparkingpawl in thetransmission.Itmay be difficult to pulltheselector leverout of P (Park).Thisiscalled“torquelock.” To preventthis,theparking brakeshouldbesetBEFOREmovingtheselectorleverto P (Park). Whenpreparing to movethevehicle,theselectorlevershouldbe moved out of P (Park)BEFOREreleasingtheparkingbrake.Settheparkingbrakefirst, Then releasethetransmissionfrom P (Park),evenonlevelsurfaces. If“torque lock” doesoccur,youmayneed to haveanothervehicle nudge this vehicleuphill to takesome of thepressure off thetransmissionwhileyoupull theselectorleverout of P (Park).

2-22

Shifting Into P (Park) (Automatic Transmission Models Only)

CAUTION
It canbedangerous to getoutofyourvehicle if theshiftleverisr fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset.Yourvehiclecan roll. If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly. You orothers could beinjured. To besureyourvehiclewon’tmove, whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow.

I

If youhavefour-wheeldrive,withamanualtransfercaseshiftlever and yourtransfercaseis in N (Neutral),yourvehiclewillbefreeto roll,even if yourshiftleverisin P (Park). So, besurethetransfer case is in adrive gear-notin N (Neutral).Ifyouareparkingona hill,or if you’repullingatrailer,alsosee“ParkingOnHills”or “TowingaTrailer’’ in theIndex.
1. Holdthebrakepedaldownwithyourrightfootandsettheparking brake.

I

2. Move the shiftlever into the P (Park)positionlikethis:

Pullthelevertowardyou.

KO406

Movethelever

up as far as it willgo.

2-23

Features & Controls
3. If youhave four-wheel drivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,be sure the transfercaseisinadrivegear-notin N (Neutral).
4. Movetheignitionkey

to LOCK.
If youcanwalkawayfromyour hand, yourvehicle is in P (Park).

5. Removethekeyandtakeitwithyou. vehicle withtheignitionkeyinyour

Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running (Automatic Transmission Models Only)

CAUTION
I

It can tie dangerous to leaveyour vehicle withtheenginerunnins four vehicle could movesuddenly if -the shiftlever is notfullyin I (Park)with the parking brake firmly SE If youhavefour-wheeldrive withamanualtransfercaseshiftleverandyourtransfercaseisin N (Neutral), yourvehiclewillbefree to roll, even if your shift lever is in P (Park). So besure the transfercase is in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral). And, if you leave the vehiclewith the enginerunning,it . --:’.:. could overheatandevencatchfire. Youor others could be injured. Don’tleaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunningunlessyouhave to.
. . -. . . ~
’?
* I : .

A

If youhave to leaveyourvehiclewith the enginerunning, be sureyour vehicle is in P (Park) andyour parking brake is firmlysetbeforeyou leave it. If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever, be sure thatthetransfercase is inadrive gear-not in N (Neutral).Afteryou’ve moved the shiftlever into the P (Park)position, hold the regular brake pedal down.Then,see if youcanmove the shiftleverawayfrom P (Park) without first pulling it towardyou. If youcan, it means that the shiftlever wasn’t fully locked into P (Park).

Before yougetoutofyourvehicle, put yourmanualtransmission (Reverse)andfirmlyapply the parkingbrake.

Parking Your Vehicle (Manual Transmission Models Only)

in R

If youhavefour-wheel drive withamanualtransfercase shift lever,be sure your transfer case is in a drive gear.Your vehicle could roll if it isn’t.
Ifyouare parking onahill, or if your vehicle is equipped to towatrailer, see “ParkingonHills”or“Towinga Trailer” intheIndex.

2-24

Parking Over Things That Burn

Fj
AM220007

CAUTION
*

I

Thingsthatcan burn could touchhotexhaustpartsunderyour vehicle and ignite.Don’tparkoverpapers,leaves,dry grass orother thingsthat can burn.

2-25

Engine Exhaust I CAUTION Engine exhaust can kin.

I

A

which you can’t see

It contains the gas carbon monoxide (CO), or smell. It can cause unconsciousness and in if:

death,
You mighthaveexhaustcoming
Your exhaust system sounds strange or different. Your vehiclegets rusty underneath.

* Your vehiclewasdamaged in a collision. * Your vehiclewasdamagedwhendrivingoverhighpoints
road or over road debris.
m

on the

Repairs weren’tdonecorrectly.
Your vehicle

a

or exhaustsystemhadbeenmodified

improperly.

I you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle: f m Drive it onlywith all thewindowsdown to blow outany CO;
and

* Have it fixed immediately.

Running Your Engine While You’re Parked (Automatic Transmission)
It’sbetternot to parkwiththeenginerunning.Butifyoueverhaveto,here aresomethingstoknow.

CAUTION

I

A

Idling the engine with the air system control off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle. (See the earlier Caution under “Engine Exhaust.”) Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly carbon monoxide (CUI into your vehicle even if the fan switch is at the highest setting. Ona place thiscanhappen is a garage. Exhaust-with C h n come easily. NEVER parkin a garagewith the enginerunning. Another closed-inplacecan be a blizzard. (See “Bliuard’~ in the Index.)

.

2-26

Features &
Manual Transfer Case

A
r

F"

Am

PO1 63

Thetransfercaseshiftleveris onthefloortotherightofthedriver.Usethis levertoshiftinto and out of four-wheeldrive. An indicatorlightnearthelever shows you the transfer case settings:
2 WHEEL 4 HIGH

N SET PARKING BRAKE
4 LOW

The frontaxleportion of the diagramontheindicatorwilllight upwhen you shiftintofour-wheeldrive. A slightdelaybetweenshifting and thepattern's lighting is normal. If the pattern doesnotlightup,or if thefrontaxledoes not gooutafteryoushiftout of four-wheeldrive,haveyourdealercheck yoursystem.Turnthe dial aboveyourheadlightswitchtothe left to dimyour transfercaseindicatorlightwhenyourheadlights or parkinglightsareon.
2 WHEEL: This settingisfordrivinginmoststreetandhighwaysituations. Your frontaxle is notengaged in two-wheeldrive.

4 HIGH: Thissettingengagesyourfrontaxletohelpdriveyourvehicle. Use 4 HIGH when you needextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads,
orinmostoff-roadsituations.
N SET PARKINGBRAKE:Shifttothisneutralsettingonlywhenyourvehicle needsto be towed.

2-28

4 LOW: Thissettingalsoengagesyourfrontaxle to giveyouextratraction. to allfourwheels. Youmay never need 4 LOW. Itsendsthemaximumpower You mightchoose 4 LOW if youweredrivingoff-roadinsand, mud, ordeep snowandclimbingordescendingsteephills.

You canshiftfrom 2 WHEEL to 4 HIGH orfrom 4 HIGH to 2 WHEEL while the vehicleismoving. It isnotnecessaryforyou to pressthetransfercase shiftleverbutton.Yourfrontaxlewill engage faster if youtakeyourfoot off of the accelerator for a fewsecondsafteryoushift. To shiftintoorout of 4 LOW or N SET PARKING BRAKE: shift yourtransmissionintoneutral. and shift in onecontinuousmotion.
4 LOW,

1. Stopyourvehicleand

2. Pressthetransfercaseshiftbutton

Don’t pause in N SET PARKING BRAKE as youshiftintooroutof oryourgears could clash.

Rememberthatdriving in 4 HIGH or 4 LOW may reducefueleconomy.Also, driving in four-wheeldriveon dry pavement couldcauseyourtirestowear fasterandmakeyourtransfercaseharder to shift.

Electronic Transfer Case

KO412

Theoptionalelectronicshifttransfercaseswitch is ontheleftside of your instrumentpanel above the light switches. Use thisswitch to shiftintoand outoffour-wheeldrive. You can choose among three drivingsettings:
1. Two-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”: Thissetting is fordriving in most streetandhighwaysituations. Your front axle isnot engaged in two-wheeldrive. 2-29

Features & Contrvls
2. 4HI: Thissetting engages yourfrontaxle
to helpdriveyourvehicle. Use 4HI whenyouneedextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads, or in mostoff-roadsituations.

3. 4LO: Thissettingalsoengagesyourfrontaxletogiveyouextratraction. Youmay neverneed 4LO. It sendsthemaximumpowerto all four wheels. You mightchoose4LO if youweredrivingoff-roadinsand, mud,ordeepsnowandclimbingordescendingsteephills. Indicatorlightsontheswitchshowyouwhichsettingyouarein.Both on theignition. If both indicatorlightswillcomeonbrieflywhenyouturn lightsdonotcomeon,youshouldtakeyourvehicle in forservice. The 4HI positionhasagreenindicatorlightandthe 4LO positionhasanamber indicatorlight.Whenshiftingfrom 4HI to 4LO or 4LO to 4HI, theindicator lightwillflashuntiltheshift is completed.
Two-WheelDrive, “TWOWHEEL”, doesnothaveaswitchpositionoran indicatorlight. Your vehiclewillbe in twowheeldrive if neitherindicatorlight is on.

To shiftfromtwo-wheeldrive,“TWOWHEEL”,to4HI: Pressandrelease the 4HI switch.Thiscan be doneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxlewilllock automatically.
To shiftfrom4HItotwo-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”: Press and release the 4HI switch.Thiscanbedoneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxlewillunlock automatically.
To shiftfromtwo-wheel drive, “TWO WHEEL”, or 4HI to4LO: Stopyour vehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto N (Neutral)ordepressyourclutchpedal. Pressandreleasethe 4LO switch. You mustwaitfortheamber 4LO indicatorlighttostopflashing and gosolidamberbeforeshiftingyour transmissionintogearorreleasingtheclutchpedal.

If the 4LO switchispressedwhenyourvehicleisingearand/ormoving,the 30 secondsandnotcompletetheshift amber 4LO indicatorlightwillflashfor unlessyourvehicleisbelow 3 mph andthetransmission is in N (Neutral) or theclutchpedaldepressed.
If yourtransfercasedoesnot Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles: shiftinto 4L0, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With yourtransmissionin N (Neutral),pressandreleasethe 4LO switch.Whilethe amber 4LO indicatorlight is flashing,shiftyourtransmissioninto P (Park). Wait until the 4L0 indicatorlightgoessolidamberbeforeshiftingyour transmissioninto gear.Thiswillgetyouinto 4L0, butyoushouldtakeyour vehicle in forservice so normaloperation can berestored.

2-30

To shift from 4LO to 4HI: Stopyourvehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto N (Neutral)ordepressyour clutch pedal.Press and release the 4HI switch. You must waitfor the green 4HI indicatorlight to stopflashing and go solid green before shifting yourtransmission into gear or releasing the clutchpedal. If the 4HI switch is pressedwhenyourvehicle is in gearand/ormoving,the green 4HI indicator light will flash for 30 secondsbut not complete the shift unlessthevehicleisbelow 3 mph and thetransmissionisin N (Neutral)or theclutchpedaldepressed.
Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles: If yourtransfer case doesnot shift into 4HI, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With yourtransmission in N (Neutral), press and releasethe 4HI switch.Whilethe green 4HI indicatorlight is flashing,shiftyourtransmission into P (Park).Wait until the 4HI indicator light goessolidgreenbefore shifting yourtransmission into gear.Thiswillget you into 4HI, but you should take yourvehicle in for service so normal operation can be restored. To shift from 4LO to two-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”: You mustshiftfrom 4LO to 4HI before shifting back into two-wheel drive.

Windows
To openyourmanualwindows,turnthehandcrank lower your side door windows. on eachdoortoraiseor

I

KO208

If you have the optional powerwindows, the controlsareoneach doors.

of the side

The driver’s door has aswitchforthepassengerwindowsaswell. Your powerwindowswillonlyworkwhenthe ignition has been turned to Run.
2-3 1

Features & Controls
Pushtheswitchdown to lowerthewindow. Pushtheswitch up toraisethewindow. Sliding Rear Window

KO213

Your vehicle may haveaslidingrearwindow.Pressthetop of thelatch in thecenter of thewindowandslidetheglass to open it. Whenyouclose-..the window, be sure thelatchcatches. Swing-Out Windows (Extended Cab)

..

KO21 5

If yourvehiclehasrearswing-outwindows,justunlatchthem andpush out on the glass to openthem.
2-32

at theirclasps

Tailgate

KO216

You canopenthetailgatebypullinguponthehandlewhilepulling tailgate down. Whenyouput the tailgatebackup,besure it latchessecurely.

the

Horn

KO223

Pressthe pad in thecenter of thesteeringwheel

to soundthehorn.

2-33

Features & Confrols
Tilt Wheel

If you have a tiltsteeringwheel,itallowsyou to adjustthesteeringwheel before youdrive. Do notadjustthesteeringwheelduringyourdriving. You canalsoraiseit to thehighestlevel you enter and exitthevehicle.
to giveyourlegsmoreroomwhen

To tiltthewheel, hold thesteeringwheelandpullthelever.Move the steering wheeltoacomfortablelevel,thenreleasethelevertolockthewheel in place.

2-34

The 7brn Signal/Multifunction Lever

PO1 77

The lever on the leftside of the steering columnincludesyour: TurnSignal and LaneChangeIndicator HeadlightHigh-LowBeam Windshield Wipers Windshield Washer Cruise Control (Option)
& Passing Signal

2-35

Features & Controls
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
The turn signalhastwoupward(forRight)andtwodownward(for positions.These positions allow you to signalaturnoralanechange. Left)

PO178

To signal a turn, move the leverallthe wayupordown.When finished, the leverwill return automatically. Standard Cluster

the turn is

Digital Cluster

PO251

A greenarrowon orlanechange.

the instrumentpanel will flashinthedirectionof

the turn

2-36

To signalalanechange,justraiseorlowertheleveruntilthegreenarrow starts to flash.Hold it thereuntilyoucompleteyourlanechange.Thelever willreturn by itselfwhenyoureleaseit.
As yousignala turn oralanechange, if thearrowsdon’tflash but juststay on,asignalbulbmay be burnedoutandotherdriverswon’tseeyourturn signal.

(Ifyourvehicle flashatafaster

has thedigitalinsrrumentcluster,theturnsignalarrowswill rate if asignalbulb is burnedout.)

If abulbisburnedout,replace it to help avoid an accident. If thegreen arrowsdon’t go onat all whenyousignalaturn,checkthefuse(see “Fuses” in theIndex) and forburned-outbulbs.
If youhaveatrailertowingoptionwith added wiringforthetrailerlights,a differentturnsignalflasher is used.Withthisflasherinstalled,thesignal indicatorwillflasheven if aturnsignalbulbisburnedout.Checkthefront andrearturnsignallightsregularlytomakesuretheyareworking.

Operation of Lights Althoughyourvehicle’slightingsystem(headlights,parkinglights,foglamps, sidemarkerlightsand tail lights)meetallapplicableFederallighting requirements,certainstatesandprovidences mayapplytheirownlighting regulationsthatmayrequirespecialattentionbeforeyouoperatetheselights. Forexample,somejurisdictionsmayrequirethatyouoperateyourlower beamlightswithfoglampsatalltimes,orthatheadlightsbeturnedon wheneveryoumustuseyourwindshieldwipers. In addition,mostjurisdictions prohibitdrivingsolelywithparkinglights,especiallyatdawnordusk. It is recommendedthatyoucheckwithyourownstateorprovincialhighway authorityforapplicablelightingregulations.

2-37

Features & Contmls
Headlight High-Low Beam

PO179

To changetheheadlightsfromlowbeam to high or high to low, pull theturn signal leverallthewaytowardyou.Thenreleaseit.Whenthehighbeams are on, a bluelight on theinstrumentpanelalsowill beon.

Windshield Wipers

r-=
.

I -

.

.

PO1 80

You control thewindshieldwipersbyturningthe

band withthewipersymbol

on it.

2-38

For a singlewipingcycle, turn the band to MIST. Hold it there until the wipersstart, then let go. The wiperswillstopafteronecycle. If youwant morecycles, hold the band on MIST longer. Forsteadywipingatlowspeed,turnthe band awayfromyou to the LO position.Forhighspeedwiping, turn the band further,to HI. To stopthe wipers,move the band to the off symbol.

PO177

Low Speed Delay Wipers (Option) You canset the wiperspeedfor a long orshortdelaybetweenwipes.This canbevery useful in light rain orsnow.Turnthe band tochoosethedelay time. The closer to LO, the shorterthedelay.

CAUTION
Damagedwiperbladesmaypreventyoufromseeingwellenoughto drivesafely. To avoid damage,besure to clear ice and snowfrom thewiperbladesbeforeusingthem. If they're frozentothe windshield,carefullyloosen orthawthem.Ifyourbladesbecome damaqed,getnew blades orbladeinserts.

I

IHeavysnow or ice canoverloadyourwipers. until themotor cools. Clearawaysnoworice

-

A circuitbreaker will stopthem to preventanoverload.

-

2-39

Features & Contmls
Windshield Washer

I

PO181

At thetop of themultifunctionleverthere'sapaddlewiththeword it. To spray i a s h e r fluidonthewindshield,pushthepaddle.

PUSH on in LO untilyou

If youhavethestandardwipers,thewiperswillkeepgoing turn the wiper control to the off symbol.

If youhavetheLowSpeedDelayoption,thewiperswillclearthewindow and theneitherstoporreturn to yourpre-setspeed.

3

CAUTION
Drivingwithoutwasherfluidcanbedangerous. A bad mud splashcanblockyourvision. You couldhitanothervehicle or go off theroad.Checkyourwasherfluidleveloften.
In freezingweather,don'tuseyourwasheruntilthewindshield warmed. Otherwise washer the fluid can form ice 00 the windshield,blockingyour visic
is
. . . . . ., ... .
--

-

2-40

on?mixwaterwithready-to-usewash

Cruise Control (Option)

PO259

WithCruiseControl, you canmaintainaspeed of about 25 mph (40 km/h)or morewithoutkeepingyour foot on theaccelerator.Thiscanreallyhelp on long trips.CruiseControldoesnotwork at speedsbelowabout 25 mph (40 km/h). Whenyouapplyyourbrakes or pushtheclutchpedal, transmission,theCruiseControlshutsoff.
if youhaveamanual

2-41

CAUTION

e

Truise Control can be dangerouswhere you can’tdrivesafely d stead,yspeed. so, don’t use your Cruise Control ,on winding roads or in heavy traffic. Cruise Control canbedangerousonslipperyroads. On such roads,fastchangesintiretractioncancauseneedlesswheel spinning, and you could lose control.Don’tuseCruise Control on slipperyroads.

‘I

To Set Cruise Control

-

-

$@g

E .:

PO260

MovetheCruiseControlswitchtoON.

I CAUTIONyourCruiseControlswitchonwhen * If youleave
\
Get up tothespeedyouwant.

you’re not using Cruise,youmighthit a buttonand go intoCruisewhenyoudon’t want to. You couldbestartledandeven lose control.Keep thc CruiseControlswitch OFF untilyouwant to use it.

I

Push in the set button at the end of the lever and release it.
Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal.

2-42

To Resume a Set Speed

PO261

Suppose you setyourCruise Control at a desiredspeed and thenyouapply thebrake.This,ofcourse,shuts off theCruiseControl. But you don’t need to resetit.Onceyou’regoing about 25 mph (40 km/h)ormore, you can movetheCruise Control switchfrom ON to WA (Resume/Accelerate)for abouthalf a second.
You’ll gorightbackup

to your chosen speed and stay there.

A

If you hold theswitchat WA (Resume/Accelerate)longerthanhalf : second,thevehiclewillkeepgoingfasteruntilyoureleasetheswii orapplythe brake. You could be startled andevenlosecontrol. So unless you wantgo to faster, don’t hold the switch R/A at 2(Resume/Accelerate).

- -

To Increase Speed While Using Cruise Control Therearetwoways to go to a higher speed.Here’sthefirst:
1. Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higherspeed. 2. Pushthe button at the end of the lever, then release the button andthe accelerator pedal. You’llnowcruise at the higherspeed.

2-43

Featums & Controls

PO263

Here’sthesecondway

to go toahigherspeed:

1. Move the Cruiseswitchfrom ON to RIA (ResumelAccelerate). Hold it thereuntilyougetuptothespeedyouwant,andthenreleasethe switch.
2. To increaseyourspeed

in verysmallamounts,movetheswitch to RIA (ResumelAccelerate)forlessthanhalfasecondandthenreleaseit. Eachtimeyou do this,yourvehiclewillgo 1 mph (1.6 kmlh) faster.

To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise Control

E

i
2-44

PO264

1. Push in thebuttonattheend speed you want,thenreleaseit.

of thelever until youreachthelower

2. To slowdown in verysmallamounts,pushthebuttonforlessthana halfsecond. Each timeyou do this,you'llgo 1 mph (1.6 kmlh) slower.

Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Usetheacceleratorpedaltoincreaseyourspeed.Whenyoutakeyourfoot off thepedal,yourvehiclewillslowdown to theCruiseControl speed youset earlier. Using Cruise Control on Hills HowwellyourCruiseControlwillworkonhillsdependsuponyourspeed, load,andthesteepness of thehills.Whengoingupsteephills,youmay want to step on the accelerator pedal to .maintain yourspeed.Whengoing downhill,youmayhave to brakeorshift to alowergear to keepyourspeed down. Of course,applyingthebraketakes you outofCruiseControl.Many driversfind this to betoomuchtroubleanddon'tuseCruiseControlon steephills.
To Get Out of Cruise Control Thereare two ways to turn off theCruiseControl:
1. Steplightly on thebrakepedalorpushtheclutchpedal, manualtransmission;or

if youhavea

PO262

2. MovetheCruiseswitch

to OFF.

2-45

Features & Controls
To Erase Speed Memory Whenyou turn off the CruiseControlor speedmemory is erased. the ignition,yourCruise Control set

Lights
Your light switches are on the left side of yourinstrumentpanel.

KO239

Push the top switch to turn on: Parking Lights Sidemarker Lights Taillights License Plate Lights Instrument Panel Lights TransferCaseShiftIndicator Parking Lights Sidemarker Lights Taillights License Plate Lights Instrument Panel Lights TransferCaseShiftIndicatorPanel
2-46

Panel

Push the bottomswitch to turn on the headlights,togetherwith:

Pushtheswitch

marked OFF to turn off yourlights.

Turnthedialabovetheheadlightswitch to theright to makeyourinstrument panelandtransfercaselightsbrighter.Turningthedialallthe way to the rightuntil it clickswillturnontheinteriorlights. Turnthedial to thelefttodimyourinstrument indicatorlights. You canswitchyourheadlightsfromhigh multifunctionlever. panel andtransfercase to lowbeam by pullingonthe

A circuitbreakerprotectsyourheadlights. If youhaveanelectricaloverload, yourheadlightswillflicker on and off. Haveyourheadlightwiringchecked rightaway if thishappens. Fog Lamps

!

KO940

Useyouroptional fog lampsforbettervision in foggyormistyconditions. Your parkinglightsand/orlow beam headlightsmustbeonoryourlamps won'twork. The foglampswitch is ontheinstrumentpanelundertheheadlightswitch. Presstherightside of theswitch to turn thefoglampson,andtheleftside of theswitch to turn them off. A lightwillglow in therightsideoftheswitch whentheyareon.

2-47

Features & Controls

.

.

t.

4

c

I

KO241

Remember, fog lampsalonewillnotgive Neveruseyourfoglamps

off asmuchlightasyourheadlights.
on yourheadlights.

in thedarkwithoutturning

Fog lamps will go off whenever your high beamheadlightscome the high beamsgooff,thefoglampswillcomeonagain.

on. When

Daytime Running Lights (DRL) lndicator Light (Canada Only)

KO242

If yourvehicle was first sold, when new, in Canada, you willhavethislight ontheinstrumentpanel. It goesonwhenevertheDaytimeRunningLightsare

on.

2-48

Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only) The CanadianFederal Government hasdecidedthat“DaytimeRunning Lights’’(DRL) are ausefulfeature, in that DRL can makeyourvehiclemore visible to pedestrians and otherdriversduringdaylighthours.DRL is required onallnewvehicles sold in Canada.
Thehighbeamheadlightswillcome when: Theignition is on Theheadlightswitch is off, and The parkingbrakeisreleased. Whenyou turn onyourheadlights,theDRLwillswitch off and theexterior lightswillcome on. When you turn off theheadlights,theexterior lights will go out and high beams will change to thereducedbrightness of DRL again. The DRLindicatorlightontheinstrumentpanelwillgoonwhenevertheDRL is on.Thislight means thatonlytheDRL is on.Whenyou turn on your exteriorlights, this lightwill go out. Of course,youmaystill turn onthe headlightsanytimeyou need to.
To idleyourvehiclewiththeDRL off, settheparkingbrake. stay off until you releasetheparkingbrake.

on atreducedbrightness

in daylight

The DRLwill

Headlights-On Reminder A remindertonewill sound whenyourheadlightsareturnedon and your ignitionis in Off, LOCK or Acc. To turn thetone off, turnthedimmer dial all theway to the left.

2-49

Features & Contmls
Dome Light

KO1 87

The dome light will come on when you open the side doors. You can also turn the domelight on byturningthedimmer dial to theright until itclicks.

Mirrors

I

I

1
PO154

2-50

Inside Mirror Pressthetabunderthemirror

to reduceglarefromheadlightsbehindyou.

If yourvehicle has optionalmaplights,theywillautomaticallycomeonfor approximately 15 secondswheneitherfrontdoor is opened,oruntilthe ignition is turned to RUN.

You canalsoturnthemaplightsonandoffbypressingtheswitchnear eachlight.However,theignitionmustbeturned to RUN forthemaplights come on.

to

Outside Mirrors

PO156

Adjustyouroutsidemirrors

so youcanjustseetheside

ofyourvehicle.

Somevehiclescomewitharemotecontrolswitchforadjustingtheoutside mirrors.FindtheswitchontheinstrumentpanelbelowtheAir ConditionindHeater controls.Twisttheswitch to therightorlefttochoosethe mirror,then move theswitchfromside to sideorup and down as needed.

Convex Outside Mirror Yourrightsidemirror is convex. A convexmirror'ssurfaceiscurved canseemorefromthedriver'sseat.

so you

2-51

Features & Controls
Ifyouaren’tused to aconvexmirror,youcanhitanothervehicle. P convexmirrorcanmakethings(likeothervehicles) look farther awa! thantheyreallyare. If youcut too sharplyintotherightlane, :ould hitavehicle on yourright.Checkyourinsidemirrororglance overyourshoulderbeforechanginglanes.
I

Sun VisorsNanity Mirrors

KO251

To blockoutglare,youcanswingdownthevisors, fromsidetoside.

You canalsoswingthem

Somevisorshavemirrorsbuilt in, withandwithoutlights.Justliftthemirror cover on eachvisortoturnthelightson if youhavethem.

2-52

PO270

Somevisors have a "dualvisor",where you canswingportionsofthevisor in differentdirections atthesametimetoblockoutglare. These visorsalso haveanextension that can be pulledoutforadditionalglareprotection. Your visormay have a strapforholdingsmallitems,suchasmaps.

Accessory Power Outlet
- .

PO157

If youhavetheoptionalaccessorypoweroutlet,youcanpluginauxiliary electricalequipment.Just unsnap thetop of theoutletandfollowtheproper installationinstructionsthatareincludedwithanyelectricalequipmentyou install.

2-53

Features & Controls
When usingtheaccessorypoweroutlet,maximumelectricalload shod( not exceed 8 amps.Always turn offanyelectricalequipmentwhennot in use. Lea g E' :trical eqr,'-ment for extendc ' ,iods c )u r tery.
I .

1-

Cigarette Lighter/Ashtrays

KO253

To usethelighter,press popbackbyitself.

it in allthe way, and letgo.Whenit'sready,

it will

Don't hold a cigarettelighter in withyourhandwhileit is heating. If youdo, it won'tbeable to backawayfromtheheatingelementwhenit'sready.That can makeitoverload,damagingthelighterandtheheatingelement.
To removethefrontashtray,pull

on thefront of it.

Don'tputpapersandotherthingsthatburnintoyourashtray.Ifyoudo, cigarettesorothersmokingmaterialscouldsetthemonfirecausingdamage.

2-54

Storage Compartments

PO158

Your vehiclemayhaveaconsolecompartmentbetweenthebucketseats. To openit, just lift the top of the consolewhilepressingthe button on the driver’s side. If you have an automatic transmission, your console also includes ahandy place to hold cups. If you haveamanualtransmission,yourconsole willhavea tray.

KO258

To openyourglovebox,squeeze together and pull thedooropen. convenience.Useyourdoorkey

the buttons on either side of the keyhole Two cupholders are provided foryour to lockyourglove box.
2-55

Features & Controls
I
I

I

1
KO259

A narrowshelfunderyourinstrumentpanelmaybeusedforitemssuch glovesorsmallbooks.

as

KO260

You willfindastoragepocketoneach pocketcontains a coinholderforyour

of thefront doors. Thedriver'sdoor loose change.
60/40 split-bench

You mayalsohaveastoragepocketonthebackofyour seats.

2-56

K2241

Somevehicleshaveastorage

area behind theseat.

I

i

PO184

Convenience Net (Extended Cab)
A conveniencenetmaybeprovidedfortherearcab to helpkeepsmall items,likeglovesandlightclothing in placeduringsharpturnsorquickstops and starts. The netisnotdesigned to retaintheseitemsduringoff-roaduse. The net is notforlarger,heavieritems.Storesuchthings on theloadfloor as far forward as you can. Installtheconveniencenetattherear ofyourvehicle,justbelowtherear window.Attachtheupperloops to theretainersbelowthewindow(thelabel shouldbevisible in theupperpassengersidecorner). The conveniencenet has amaximumcapacity of 25 pounds (11 kg).
2-57

-3
PO190

2-58

a
52
I

er w
I -

cn
0

a
n
U

KO262

2-59

Features & Contmis

L

KO263

2-60

2-6 1

Features & Controls
Instrument Chster
Yourinstrumentclusterisdesignedtoletyouknowataglancehowyour vehicleisrunning.You’llknowhowfastyou’regoing,abouthowmuchfuel you’veused,andmanyotherthingsyou’llneedtoknow to drivesafely and economically.

Digital Cluster If you havethedigitalclusteritlooksdifferentbutwilltellyoueverythingthe standardclusterdoes.Thedigitalclusteralsoincludesatachometerandwill givereadingsineitherEnglishorMetric. To switchfromEnglishtoMetric, justpressdownon the U M lever. Speedometer and Odometer
I

KO265

Yourspeedometerletsyouseeyourspeedin both milesperhour(mph)and kilometersperhour(kmlh).Yourodometershowshowfaryourvehicle has beendriven, in eithermiles(usedin the US.) orkilometers(used in Canada).

2-62

Tamper Resistant Odometer
Your odometeristamper-resistant. The standardodometerwillshowsilver linesbetweenthe numbers if someonetries to turn it back. The digital odometerwillread ERROR if someonetries to turn it back.

Standard Cluster

Digital Cluster

KO267

You maywonderwhat happens if yourvehicleneedsanewodometer installed. If the newonecanbeset to themileage total of the old odometer, then it mustbe.But if it can’t,thenit’ssetatzero,andalabelmust be put on thedriver’sdoor to showthe old mileagereadingwhenthenewodometer was installed.

2-63

Features & Controls
Trip Odometer
The trip odometercan tell you howfaryourvehiclehasbeendrivensince you lastsetthetripodometertozero.Makesurethebuttoniscompletely depressed.

Standard CIusfer
~

KO269

To set the tripodometeronthestandardcluster near the 'readout.

to zero,pushthe

button

The trip odometer on thedigitalclusterwillappear in place of yourregular odometerwhen you pressdown on the Trip lever. To resetthetripodometer on the digitalcluster,pressdownonthe Reset lever. To changebacktothe regularodometer,pressdown on the Trip leveragain.

2-64

Tachometer
Thetachometeris available only with the digital speedometer. It displaysthe engine speed in revolutionsperminute (rpm).

KO271

I

Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the red area, or engird damage

I

If you have the 4.3L High Performanceengine(VINCode W), you willhave a fuel regulatorthatshuts the fuel off when the enginereaches 5600 rpm.

Warning Lights, Gages and lndicators
This section describes the warninglights and gages that areonyourvehicle. The pictures willhelp you locatethem. Warninglights and gagescansignalthatsomethingiswrongbeforeit becomesseriousenough to cause anexpensiverepair or replacement.Paying attention to yourwarning lights and gages could alsosaveyouorothersfrom injury. Warning lights go on when there may be orisaproblemwithoneofyour vehicle'sfunctions. As you will see in thedetails on thenextfewpages, somewarning lights come on brieflywhenyou turn the ignition key just to let youknowthey'reworking. If you arefamiliarwiththissection, you should not be alarmedwhen this happens.

2-65

Features &
Gagescan indicate when there may be or is aproblemwithone of your vehicle’sfunctions. Often gagesandwarning lights worktogether to let you knowwhenthere’saproblemwithyourvehicle. Whenone of thewarning lights comesonandstaysonwhenyouare driving, or whenoneof the gagesshows there may be aproblem,check the section that tells youwhat to do about it. Pleasefollowthemanual’sadvice. Waiting to dorepairscan be costly-andevendangerous. So please get to knowyourwarning lights andgages. They’re a big help.

Brake System Warning Light Standard Cluster

Digital Cluster

PO159

Your vehicle’shydraulicbrakesystem is divided into two parts. If one part isn’tworking, the other part can still work andstopyou.Forgood braking, though, youneed both partsworkingwell. Your vehiclealsohasrearwheel anti-lock brakes.Ifthewarninglightgoeson, there could be abrakeproblem with either yourregularorrearwheel anti-lock brakes, or both.Haveyour brake system inspected right away. This light shouldcomeonasyoustart the vehicle. If it doesn’tcomeon then, have it fixed so it will beready to warnyou if there’s a problem. This lightwillalsocome onwhenyou set yourparkingbrake,andwillstay on if your parking brakedoesn’treleasefully. If it staysonafteryour parking brake is fullyreleased, it meansyoumayhave a brakeproblem. If the light comesonwhiledriving,pull off the road andstopcarefully. Youmay notice to thefloor. It that thepedal is harder to push. Or,thepedalmaygocloser maytakelonger to stop. If thelightisstillon,havethevehicletowedfor service. (See “Towing Your Vehicle”inthe Index.)
2-66

Yo-ur brakesystemmaynot be workingproperly if thebrakewarning on can lead toan light is on. Drivingwiththebrakewarninglight accident. If the light is still onafteryou’ve pulled off theroadand

Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Standard Cluster

Digital Cluster

E
KO274

If you haveastandardcluster,youhaveagagethatshowstheengine coolanttemperature. If thegagepointermovesintotheredarea (260°F or 145”C), yourengine is toohot!Itmeansthatyourenginecoolanthas overheated. If youhavebeenoperatingyourvehicleundernormaldriving conditions, you should pull off theroad,stopyourvehicleand turn off the engineas soon as possible.

If youhaveadigitalcluster,a box aroundthetemperaturesymbolwillalso flashandachimewillsoundwhenyourengineistoo hot. Hot Coolant Can Burn You Badly! In ProblemsontheRoad, thismanualshowswhat Overheating” in the Index.
to do. See“Engine

2-67

Featums & Controls
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon) Cluster Standard Digifa/ Cluster

I

PO161

A computermonitorsoperation of yourfuel,ignitionandemissioncontrol systems.Thislightshouldcomeonwhentheignitionison,buttheengineis notrunning,asacheck to showyouitisworking.Ifitdoesnotcome on at all,have it fixedrightaway. If it stayson,orcomesonwhileyou are driving, thecomputerisindicatingthatyouhaveaproblem. You shouldtakeyour vehicleinforservicesoon.

If youkeepdrivingyourvehiclewiththislighton,afterawhilethe emission controls won’t work as well,yourfueleconomywon’t be as and your engine not as may run smoothly. This could lead to Istly repairsnotcoveredbyyourwarranty.

(
.

2-68

Oil Pressure Gage Standard Cluster

Dig&/ Cluster
n

KO276

The oil pressure gage showstheengine oil pressure in psi (poundsper squareinch)when the engineisrunning.Canadianvehiclesindicatepressure in kPa (kilopascals). Oil pressuremayvarywithenginespeed,outside temperatureandoilviscosity,butreadings above thelowpressurezone indicatethenormaloperatingrange.

A readinginthelowpressurezonemaybecausedby levelorotherproblemscausinglow oil pressure.
Onthedigitalcluster,aboxaroundthe whentheoilpressureis low.

a dangerouslylowoil
to flash

oil pressuresymbolwillbegin

A

Don’tkeepdriving if theoilpressure is low. If you do, your eng can become SO hot that it catchesfire. Youor others could be burned. C S serviced

I

I
P

NnTICF
neglectec Dil problemscanbe
COI

Damage to your engine from notcoveredbyyourwarranty.

and

2-69

Featums & Controls
Indicator Lights
Indicatorlights go onwhenyouuseyourturnsignals,changefromlowbeam headlights to highbeams,orwhenyouuseyourhazardflashers. The next few pages willalsotellyouabouttheindicatorlightsonyourvehicle and helpyoulocatethem.

Charging System Light

I
KO280

Thechargingsystemlightwillcomeonbrieflywhenyou turn ontheignition, buttheengine is notrunning,asacheck to showyou it is working. Then it should go outoncetheengineisrunning.If it stayson,orcomesonwhile youaredriving,youmayhaveaproblemwiththeelectricalchargingsystem. It could indicatethatyouhavealoosegeneratordrivebelt,oranother electricalproblem. Have it checkedright away. Drivingwhilethislight is on could drainyourbattery.

If youmustdriveashortdistancewiththelighton,becertaintoturn off all youraccessories,such as theradioandairconditioner. It isonthelower right hand side of yourstandardinstrumentcluster.

2-70

CHECK GAGES Light

KO281

If youhave the standardinstrumentcluster,thislightwillcome on briefly whenyouarestartingtheengine. If thelightcomesonandstays on while you are driving,checkyourvarious gages tosee if theyare in thewarning zones. Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator Light (Canada Only)
I

KO242

ThisgreenlightwiththeDRLsymbol is on thelowerleft of theinstrument cluster. The DRLindicator is onwhenevertheignitionis on andtheheadlight switchandparkingbrakeareoff.For more detailsabout DRL, see“Lights” in thissection.

2-7 1

Features & Contmls
SHIFT Indicator Light

KO287

This lightwiththe SHIFT symbol is on theinstrumentcluster of somevehicles withmanualtransmissions.The SHIFT indicator light will help you getthe best fueleconomy.See“ShiftIndicator Light” in thissection.

Headlight High Beam Indicator Light

KO229

This lightwiththe blue high beamsymbolis on theinstrumentcluster.The highbeamindicatoris on whenever you useyourhighbeamheadlights.For moredetailsabouthighbeams,see“HeadlightHigh-LowBeam Changer” in this section.

2-72

Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator Cluster Cluster Digital Standard

PH

PO251

This light with the green arrows is on the instrument cluster.The turn signal indicator willcomeonwhenever you signal a turn orlanechange.See“Turn andLaneChange Signal” in this section.

2-73

Features & Contmls
Gages
Fuel Gage Standard Cluster
Digita! Cluster

KO272

Thefuelgagetellsyouabouthowmuchfuelyouhaveleft,whentheignition ison.Whenthegagefirstindicates empty, youstillhavea little fuelleft,but youshouldgetmore fuel soon.
A boxaroundthegagesymbolonthedigitalclusterwillbegintoflashwhen yourtankis 1/8 fullorless.

Herearefourthingsthatsomeownersaskabout.None problemwithyourfuelgage: At the gasstation,thegaspumpshuts

of theseshowa

off beforethegagereadsfull.

It takes a littlemoreorlessfuel to fill upthanthegageindicated.For but it example,thegagemayhaveindicatedthetankwashalffull, actuallytookalittlemore or lessthanhalfthetank’scapacityto fill the tank. Thegagemovesalittlewhenyouturnacornerorspeedup. Thegagedoesn’t
go back to emptywhenyouturn

off theignition.

Foryourfueltankcapacity,seetheIndexunder“FluidCapacities.’’

2-74

Voltmeter

Standard Cluster

Digital Cluster

KO278

Whenyourengineisnotrunning,but the ignitionison(in the Run position), the gageshowsyourbattery'sstate of charge in DC volts.When the engine is running, the gageshowsthecondition of the chargingsystem.Readings betweenthe low andhighwarningzonesindicate the normaloperatingrange. Onthedigitalcluster,a box around the voltmetersymbolwillbegin when the chargingsystemneedsservice. You canonlydriveforashorttimewiththereading youmustdrive,turn off allunnecessaryaccessories. to flash
If

in eitherwarningzone.

Readingsineitherwarningzoneindicateapossibleproblemintheelectrical system.Havethevehicleservicedassoon as possible.

mailer Wiring Harness
Your vehiclemayhaveeithera5-wireor7-wireharness. The5-wireharnessisstoredalongtheleftrearframecrossmember.The harnesshasnoconnector,andyoushouldhave a qualifiedserviceperson wireyourharnessforyou. It must be routedout of yourvehicleandattached so thatthetrailerorthebodywon'tpull it.

.7-75

Features & Controls

KO250

The 7-wire harness is stored underyourvehiclealongtherearframe crossmember.Thisharnesshasa 30 Amp. in-line fusedbatteryfeedwire and no connector, and should be wiredbya qualified serviceperson.Attachthe harnesstothetrailer,then tape orstrap it to yourvehicle’sframerail.Be sure you leave it loose enough so thewiringdoesn’tbend or break,but not so loosethatitdragsontheground. Storetheharnessin its originalplace.Wraptheharnesstogetherand neatly so itwon’tbedamaged. tie it

2-76

Comfort Controls & Audio Systems

Section

Inthispartyou’ll find outhow to operate the comfortcontrolsystemsand audiosystemsofferedwithyourvehicle.Besure to readabouttheparticular systemsuppliedwithyourvehicle.

Forexplanation of vehiclesymbols,refer Section 0.

to “Vehicle Symbols” in

Comfort Controls ...............................................................,................................... 3-3 3-3 Flow-Through Ventilation System ..................................................................... Heating System....I..................I...........................I.....................I........................ 3-5 HeatinglAir Conditioning System ...................................................................... 3-6 Engine Block Heater ........................................................,.................................... 3-7 Audio Systems ....................................................................................................... 3-7 FM Stereo..........................................................................................................3-8

.... AM ............................................................................. I.I....I........................I.... 3-8
I

AM Stereo

...............................

..................................................................

3-8 3-9 3-11 3-13

How to Operate Your ETR@ AM Radio.......................................................... How to Operate Your ETR@AM-FM Stereo Audio System ................................................................................... How to Operate Your ETR@AM-FM Stereo Audio Cassette System..........................................

.........................

3-1

Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems
How toOperate Your ETR@ AM-FM Stereo Audio Cassette System With Equalizer .........................................
3-16
3-19
3-20

Care of Your Cassette Tape Player ..............................................................
How toOperate Your ETR@ AM-FM Stereo Audio Compact Disc (CD) System ................................................

Care of Your Compact Disc ........................................................................... *fixed Mast Antenna ............................................................................................

3-25 3-26

3-2

Comfort Controls
Flow-Through Venfilation System

KO502

Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies outside air to the inside of your vehicle when it ismoving.Withthesidewindowsclosed,air will flow into the front air inlet grilles, through the vehicle, and out the rear air exhaust valves. Outside air will also enter the ve,hicle when the heater or the air conditioning fan isrunning.

Ventilation Tips
Keepthe hood andfrontairinletfree ofice,snow,oranyother obstruction (such as leaves).Theheateranddefroster will workfar better, reducing the chance of fogging the inside ofyourwindows. Whenyouenter a vehicle in cold weather,turn the blowerfan to HI for a fewmoments before driving off. This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and moisture, and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of your windows. Keep the air path underthefrontseatsclear to circulate throughout your vehicle. ofobjects.Thishelpsair

3-3

Comfort Controk & Audio Systems
Air Vents

,-'

,

,
. ,,

... ..

KO504

You willfindairventsinthecenterandonthesidesofyourinstrument panel. You canmovetheventstodirectthe flow of air,orclosethevents altogether.Whenyoucloseavent,itwillincreasetheflow of aircoming out of anyventsthatareopen.
If yourvehicledoes not haveairconditioning,thereareairvents in eachkick panelbelowtheinstrumentpanel.Eachventhasahandle to open and close it.

3-4

Heating System

KO505

If yourvehicledoes not haveairconditioning, systemwill look like.

this iswhatyour

heating

Fan Lever The lever at the top of the systemhasfour positions. To increasetheair flow,move the levertoward HI. To decrease the airflow,moveittoward OFF. Temperature Lever The lever on theleft of the systemletsyouselect the temperature of the air flowing into yourvehicle.Movethelever up forwarmerair.Move the lever downforcoolerair. Function Lever Theleveron the right of the systemcan be moved to threedifferentheating functions.
DEFROST This setting operatesthedefroster.Most of the aircomesout nearthewindshield,withsomegoing to the floorvents and sidewindow defrostvents.Use this when you get fog or ice on the windshield.
HTR (Heater):Most of the aircomesoutnearthefloor.Therestcomesout from the defrosterventsunderthewindshield and at the front sidewindows. This is best for cold weather.

VENT Theaircomesout front side windows.

at the vents on yourinstrument panel and atyour

3-5

Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
HeatingAir Conditioning System

KO507

If yourvehiclehasairconditioning,your look like this.

heatinghir conditioningsystemwill to clearthe

Before usingyourvehicle’sairconditioning,openthewindows vehicle of hotair.

Fan Lever The leveratthetop of thesystemhasfourpositions. To increasetheair flow,movethelevertoward HI. To decreasetheairflow,move it toward LO. Temperature Lever Thelever on theleft of thesystemdisplayletsyouselectthetemperatureof the aircomingintoyourvehicle.Movethelever up forwarmerair. Move the lever down for cooler air.

Functjon Lever
Theleverontheright of thesystemcanbemovedtoseven and airconditioningfunctions. different heating
DEFROST: This settingoperatesthedefroster.Most of theaircomesout near thewindshield,withsomegoing to thefloorventsandsidewindow defrostvents.Use this whenyouget fog or iceonthewindshield.

HTR (Heater): Most of theaircomesoutnearthefloor.Therestcomesout from thedefrosterventsunderthewindshield and at yourfrontsidewindows. This is bestfor cold weather.

3-6

VENT The aircomesoutattheventsonyourinstrumentpanel frontsidewindows. BI-LEV AIC: Withthis,outsideaircomes theinstrumentpanelvents.Thissetting sunlight.

and atyour

in throughtheheaterfloorventand is useful in coolweatherwithbright If youfirstused MAX, use so outsideairwillbegoing

NORM NC: This setting coolstheoutsideair. NORM as soonasthevehiclehascooleddown, through your vehicle.

MAX AIC: Thiscoolstheairthefastest.Movetheotherleverallthewayto Cold. MAX lets in only a little airfromtheoutside. You canuse MAXat first when it’s reallyhotoutsideandyouneedtocool off quickly.

OFF: The blowerisoff,butairstillwillcomefromoutletsatthefrontofyour vehicle. The systemwill try to keeptheairatthechosentemperature.

Engine Block Heater
If youusetheoptionalengineblockheaterbeforestartingyourengine,your heatingsystemwillproducewarmerairfaster, to heatthepassenger compartmentincoldweather.See“EngineBlock Heater” intheIndex.

Audio Systems CAUTION
I
A

1

Hearing damage from loud noise is almostundetectableuntil it is too late.Your hearing can adapt to highervolumes of sound. Sound that seemsnormal can be loud andharmful to yourhearing. Take precautions by adjustingthevolumecontrolonyourradio to a safe sound level before yourhearingadapts to it.

To help avoid hearing loss or damage:

* Adjust the volume control to thelowestsetting. * Increase volume slowly until you hearcomfortably and
clearly. Your Delco@ audiosystemhasbeendesignedtooperateeasilyandgive years of listeningpleasure.Butyouwillgetthemostenjoyment out of it if youacquaintyourselfwith it first.FindoutwhatyourDelco@systemcando andhow to operateallitscontrols,tobesureyou’regettingthemostout of theadvancedengineering that wentinto it.

3-7

Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
FM Stereo
FMstereowillgiveyouthebestsound.But FM signalswillreachonlyabout 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km).And,tallbuildingsorhillscaninterferewith FMsignals,causingthesound to comeandgo.

AM
TherangeformostAMstationsisgreaterthanforFM,especiallyatnight. Thelongerrange,however,cancausestations to interferewitheachother. AM canpickupnoisefromthingslikestormsandpowerlines.Tryreducing thetreble to reducethisnoise if youevergetit.

AM Stereo
C-QUAIP ThismeanstheDelco@systemcanreceiveC-QUAM@stereobroadcasts. Many AM stationsaroundthecountryuseC-QUAM@toproducestereo, thoughsomedonot.(C-QUAM@ is a re isteredtrademarkofMotorola,Inc.) If your Delco@ system can get C-QUAM R , your “STEREO” light will come on whenyou’rereceivingit.

8

3-8

How to Operate Your ETW AM Radio

R

h
t-

K4308

This part tells youhowyour

ETR@ AM radio works.

PWR (Power) The PWR button switches the radio onand off.
Upper Knob Theupperknobdoes these three things:

It controls the volume. The VOL knob increases volumewhen rotated clockwise.
It tells you the time. (When the ignition is off, push the RECALL knob to display the time.)

I t allows you to RECALL the frequency when the radio is playing.
5 AL (Balance) The control behind the upper knob allows youto balance the soundbetween the rightand left speakers.

Lower Knob Turn the lowerknow to tune inradio stations

3-9

Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Pushbuttons Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations. You can setthe pushbuttonsfor up to sevenfavorite AM stations.Just:
Tune in thestationyouwant. Pushthe SET pushbutton. (SET appears in the VF displayfor a few seconds.) Within 5 seconds,pushoneofthefourpushbuttonstostorethestation. Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstation will return.

NOTE: Up to threeadditionalstationsmay buttonsatthesametime.
Tune in thedesiredstation. Pressthe SET pushbutton.

be presetbypressingtwoadjoining

Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthe same time. (Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttons are pressedagain.

Clock To set the clock,just: Push the SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressandhold on thedisplay.

MlNS until the correctminuteappears

Pressand hold HRS untilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.

TREBLE Slide the TREBLE leverup to increasethetrebleresponse. If thestationis weakornoisy,slidethe TREBLE leverdown to reducethenoise. BASS Slide the BASS leverup to increasethebassresponse.Adjustthe lever to give a pleasing sound to yourear.
BASS

3-1 0

How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio System

.

.

...........
. . .

-. .
.....

F

K4309

Thispart tells youhowyour

ETR@ AM-FM stereoaudiosystemworks.

P WR (Power) The PWR button switchestheradioonand Upper Knob Theupperknobdoesthese
It controlsthevolume. clockwise. two things:

off.

The VOL knob increasesvolumewhenrotated off, pushthe RECALL knob to

It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignitionis display the time.)

BAL (Balance) Thecontrol behind theupperknoballowsyou theright and leftspeakers.
Lower Knob Turn thelowerknobto

to balancethesoundbetween

tune in radiostations.Push

it to get AM or FM.

FADE Thecontrol behind thelowerknobfadesthe rear speakers.

sound betweenyourfrontand

3-1 1

SEEK Pressthe SEEK button to cause the receiver to SEEK thenexthigher andstop.

station

SCAN Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgo to the nextstationandpauseand willkeepscanning until youpress SCAN again. SCAN appearsinthe VF display.

Pushbuttons Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturn

to favorite stations. to fourteen favorite stations (7 AM and

You cansetthepushbuttonsforup 7 FM). Just: Tunein the desired station.

Press the SET pushbutton. (SET appearsin the VF displayforafew seconds.) Within 5 seconds,pushoneof the four pushbuttons to store the station. Wheneveryoupress that button, the presetstation will return.

NOTE: Up to three additional stationsmay be presetoneachbandby pressing two adjoining buttonsat the sametime. (The station willreturnwhen the same two buttons arepressedagain.) Clock To set the clock, just:
Push the SET pushbutton. Within 5 seconds, press and hold SEEK until the correct minute appears on the display. Pressandhold

SCAN until the correcthourappearson

the display.

TREBLE Slide the TREBLE lever up to increase the treble response.If a station is weakornoisy, slide the TREBLE leverdowntoreducethenoise.
BASS Slide the BASS lever up to increase the bassresponse.Adjustthe lever to givea pleasing sound to vourear.

BASS

3-1 2

How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio Cassette System

K4310

This part tells youhowyour works:

ETR@ AM-FM stereo audio cassette system

P WR (Power) The PWR button switches the radio onand off. Upper Knob Theupperknobdoes
rotation. It tells you the time. (When the ignition is off,push the RCL knob to display the time.) It allows you to hear the otherside of the tape. (Press the RCL knob while the cassette is playing.) these three things: increases volumewithclockwise

It controls the volume. TheVOLknob

BAL (Balance) The control behind the upperknob allows you to balance the soundbetween the right andleft speakers. Lower Knob Turn the lower knob to tune inradiostations.Push
it to get AM or FM.

3-1 3

Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
FADE The controlbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfront rear speakers.
and

SEEK Pressingthe SEEK button willcausethereceiverto station and stop.

SEEK the nexthigher

SCAN Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgoto the next station and pause, and will keepscanninguntilyoupress SCAN again. SCAN appears in the VF display.

Pushbuttons The fourpushbuttonslet you return to favoritestations. You cansetthe pushbuttons forup to fourteenfavoritestations (7 AM and 7 FM).Just:
Tune in the desiredstation. Pressthe SET pushbutton. (SET appears in the VF display for 5 seconds.) Within 5 seconds, push one of the fourpushbuttonstostore the station. Wheneveryoupressthat button, thepresetstation will return. NOTE: In additiontothefourstationssetasabove, may be presetoneachbandbypressing sametime. Tunein the desiredstation. Press the SET pushbutton. (SET appearsinthe seconds.) VF displayfor 5 up to threeadditional stations two adjoiningpushbuttons at the

Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsat the sametime. (Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.) Clock To settheclock,just: Pressthe SET pushbutton. Within 5 seconds,press and hold SEEK until thecorrectminuteappears on thedisplay. Press and hold SCAN until the correcthourappears on thedisplay.

3-1 4

TREBLE Slide the TREBLE lever up to increase the treble response. If the station is weakornoisy, slide the TREBLE lever down to reduce the noise.
BASS Slidethe BASS lever up to increase the bass response.Adjust the BASS lever to givea pleasing sound toyour ear.
DNP This is theDynamicNoiseReductionbutton.DNR@helpsremovebackground hissfrom the radioor tape player. Youmaywant to leave it pushed in all the time.

DNR@ is a registered trademark of NationalSemiconductorCorporation.

To Play A Cassette
Your tape player is built to workbestwithtapesthat are 30 to 45 minutes long on eachside.Tapeslonger than that are so thin theymay not workwell in thisplayer. Once the tape is playing,usetheupper and lowerknobsforvolumebalance and fade just as you do fortheradio.Thearrows indicate whichside of the tape is being played.

Forward To rapidlyadvancethetape, press thearrow pointing rightandthe tape will rapidlygoforwarduntil you press the STOP-EJECT button lightly.
Re verse To rapidlyreverse the tape, press thearrow pointing left and thetapewill rapidlyreverse until you press the STOP-EJECT buttonlightly.
PROGRAM To go from one side of the tape to theother,press knob(Volume).
EJECT To removethetapeorstopthe STOP-EJECT button. the VOL-BAUPROG-RCL

tape and switch to radio,pressthe

3-1 5

Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
How to Operate Your €TIP AM-FM Stereo Audio Cassette System With Equalizer

K4311

Thisparttellsyouhowyour equalizer works.

ETR" AM-FM stereoaudiocassettesystemwith

P WR (Power) The PWR buttonswitchestheradioonandoff.

Upper Knob The upperknobdoesthesethreethings:
It controls volume. the
It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignition

is off, pushthe RCL knob to
of thetape.(Pressthe
PROG knob

displaythetime.)
It allowsyou to heartheotherside whilethecassetteisplaying.)

BAL (Balance) The controlbehindtheupperknoballowsyou right and leftspeakers. Lower Knob Turnthelowerknob
to tuneradiostations.Push

to balancethesoundbetween

it to get AM or FM.

FADE Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfrontand rear speakers.

3-1 6

SEEK Pressingthe SEEK button will cause thereceiverto station and stop.

SEEK thenexthigher

SCAN Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgo to thenext station and pause and willkeepscanning until youpress SCAN again. SCAN appears in thegraphic display.

Pushbuftons Thefour pushbuttons let you returntofavoritestations. You canset the pushbuttonsforup to fourteenfavoritestations (7 AM and 7 FM). Just:
Tune in thedesiredstation. Pressthe SET pushbutton.(NOTE: The displaywillshow 5 seconds.)

SET forabout

Within the 5 seconds, push one of thefourpushbuttons.Wheneveryou press that button, the preset station willreturn.

NOTE: In additionto the four stations setasabove,up to three additional stations maybepreset on each band by pressingtwo adjoining buttons at the same time.Just:
Tune in thedesiredstation. Pressthe SET pushbutton. Within 5 seconds, press any two adjoiningpushbuttonsat the sametime. (The station willreturnwhen the sametwobuttonsarepressedagain.)

Clock To settheclock,

just:

Push the SET pushbutton. Within 5 seconds, press and hold SEEK until the correctminuteappears on thedisplay. Press and hold SCAN untilthecorrecthourappears on thedisplay.

Adjust The Tone Use the leversintheupperleft corner to set the bass,midrange, and treble until you getthesound you want. The 60 and 250 leversadjust the bass; 1K ismidrange;and 3.5K and 10K control thetreble.
We suggest you start with the centerlever (1K) in themidpoint position, then movetheothersup until yougettheamount of bass and trebleyoulike.
3-1 7

Cornforf Controls & Audio Sysfems
Am-St Button The Am-St is justbelowthe PWR button.Pushthiswhenyoutune to an AM station that broadcasts in stereo. Your STEREO lightwillcomeonwhen you’rereceiving AM stereo.Ifyoupush Am-St andthereisnomorenoise, it meansthestation is weak.You’llhearthestationbetter if youdon’tuse Am-St. Justpushthe Am-St buttonagain to deletestereo. LOUD The loudnessbutton is nexttothe sound. PWR button.Push it togetmorebass

DNR@ YouraudiosystemhasautomaticDynamicNoiseReduction. backgroundhissnoisefromtheradio or tapeplayer.
DNR@isaregisteredtrademark

It helpsremove

of theNationalSemiconductorCorporation.

To Play A Cassette
Your tapeplayerisbuilt to workbestwithtapesthatare 30 to 45 minutes longoneachside.Tapeslongerthanthatare so thintheymaynotworkwell in thisplayer. Once thetapeisplaying,usetheupperandlowerknobsforvolume,balance andfade,justas you did forradio. The arrowsindicatewhichsideofthe tape is beingplayed.

Cr02 The CrO2 buttonletsyousetthesystemforthetype If you areusing chrome or metaltapes,pushthe

of cassette being used. Cr02 button in.
will rapidlygoforward

FWD (Forward) To rapidlyadvancethetape,press FWD, andthetape untilyoupressthe REV buttonlightly.

REV (Reverse) To rapidlyreverse the tape,press REV, andthetapewillrapidlyreverseuntil youpressthe FWD button lightly. SEARCH Push the SEARCH button totheright.(The
ON lightwillcomeon.)

Push FWD to go to thebeginning of thenextselection. Push REV withthe SEARCH ON lightlit,andthetape beginning of the current selection.
will reverse to the

3-1 8

PROGRAM To go from oneside of thetapetotheother,press
EJECT To remove the tapeorstop button.

the upperknob.

the tape and switch to radio,press the EJECT

Care of Your Cassette Tape Player

K1313

A tapeplayerthat is notcleanedregularly can causereducedsoundquality, ruinedcassettes, or a damagedmechanism.Cassettetapesshould be stored in their casesawayfromcontaminants,directsunlight, and extremeheat. If they aren't, they may not operate properly or cause failure of the tapeplayer.
Your tapeplayershould be cleanedregularlyeachmonth or afterevery 15 hours ofuse. Ifyounotice a reduction in soundquality,try a knowngood cassette to see if the tape or the tape player is at fault. If this other cassette has no improvementinsoundquality,cleanthetapeplayer. Cleanyourcassettetapeplayerwith a wiping-action, non-abrasive cleaning cassette, and follow the directionsprovidedwithit. Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over time. Alwaysmakesurethatthecassettetape is in goodconditionbeforeyou have your tape player serviced.

3-1 9

Comfort Controls & Audio Sysferns
How to Operate Your ET* Disc (CD) System

AM-FM Stereo Audio Compact

KO596

This part tells youhowyourETR@

AM-FM stereo systemworks:

P WR (Power) The PWR button switches the radioonand Upper Knob Theupperknobdoes
these twothings:

off when the ignition is on.

increase when the VOLknob is turned clockwiseanddecreasewhen turned counterclockwise.Volumewill be displayed brieflyunless the LefVRightspeaker control, Rear/Front speakercontrol, BASS or TREB are adjusted. It controlsthemutefeature.By pressing the MUTE knob, all soundfrom the radio or CD player stops. By pressing theknobagain,orby turning the VOLknobclockwise,sound will begin again.

It controls thevolume.Volumewill

LeftRight Speaker Control The control behind the upperknob allows you to balancethesoundbetween the right andleftspeakers.Balance will be displayed brieflywhen using this control. Lower Knob Thelowerknobdoes
these two things:

It enablesyou to tune indifferent radio stationsby turning the knob

clockwiseorcounterclockwise.

3-20

It enablesyou to alternatebetween AM and FM stationsbypressingthe BAND knob.Yourselectionwillbebrieflydisplayed.

Rear/Front Speaker Control Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthe sound betweenyourfrontand rearspeakers. Fade levelswillbebrieflydisplayed.
SEEK Pressingthe SEEK b buttonwillcausethereceiver station and stop.
to seekthenexthigher

Pressingthe 4 SEEK button willcause the receiver to seekthenextlower station and stop. SCAN Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgo to thenextstationandpause, and willkeepscanninguntilyoupress SCAN again. SC willbedisplayedwhen using this control.

Pushbuttons Thefivepushbuttonsletyoureturn to favoritestations.Theyarealsoused whenyouplayadisc.(See “To Play A CompactDisc”.)

To setthepushbuttonsforup
Tune in thedesiredstation.

to ten favoritestations (5 AM and 5 FM):

Pushthe SET button. (SET is displayedbriefly.) Within 5 seconds,push one of thefivepushbuttons to storethestation. Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.

Clock To settheclock,just:
Pressthe SET pushbutton. The radiomaybeonoroff. Within 5 seconds,pressand hold either SEEK b to increasetheminutesor 4 SEEK to decrease the minutesuntilthecorrectminute appearsonthedisplay. Pressand hold SCAN until the correcthourappears

on thedisplay.

RCL Pressthe RCL buttontoalternatebetweentime and radiostationonthe display. RCL may be pressedwhentheignitionisofftoseethetime.

3-2 1

Comfort - Contmls & Audio Systems
BASS Pressthe BASS A to increasebasstonesand tones.Pressthecenterofthecontrolforapreset levelwill bedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol.

V BASS to decreasebass
BASS position.Thebass

TREBLE Pressthe TREB A to increasethetrebletonesand V TREB to decrease thetrebletones.Pressthecenter of thecontrolforapreset TREB position. Thetreblelevelwillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol.

To PIay A Compact Disc (CD):

NOTICE

1 1
Insert a discpartwayintothe slot, labelside up. The playerwillpull Waitafewsecondsandthediscshouldplay. Ifthedisccomesbackout,checkwhether: The disc is upsidedown. It is dirty,scratched,orwet. Too muchmoisture is in the air. (If thereis,waitaboutone again.) hourandtry
it in.

RCL seconds to Press RCL to seewhattrackisplaying.Press it againwithin 5 : see how long it hasbeenplaying. The tracknumberalsoappearswhenyou changethevolumeorwhenanewtrackstarts to play. COMP Pressthe COMP button to make soft andloudpassagesmorenearlyequal in volume.COMPappears in thedisplaywhileusingthiscommand. RDM The RDM buttonmeansrandomandwhen it is pressed, it causesthe CD mechanism to playthetracks in arandomorderratherthan in thesequential 1, 2, 3 order.

3-22

REV Press and hold the REV button toquicklyreturn to a favorite passage. The counter reading will be displayed when using this control.
FWD Press and hold the FWD button to advancequicklywithinatrack.Release to resumeplaying.Watch the displayto stop at aspecificpassage.
it

SCAN Press SCAN to sampleeach track forapproximately 10 seconds.Scanning willcontinue until the RDM, SCAN oranyothermotion button ispressed again. PREV If you hold the PREV (4 SEEK) button, or press it morethan once, thedisc willreturn to previous tracks. NEXT Press NEXT(SEEK b) to hear the nexttracknow instead of waiting until the present trackisfinished.Ifyou hold this button or press it more than once, the discwilladvancefurther. sr-pL Press ST-PL (Stop-Play) to make the discstop and the radioplay.Press ST-PL again to restartthedisc at the pointwhere it stopped.
Press PWR or turn the ignition key off to stopthediscplayer. ’fhe disc stays in the player and willresume playing atthepointwhere it stopped. Press EJECT toeject the disc and maketheradioplay. tract 1 when you reinsertit. The discwillstartat

Anti-Theft Feature
DelcoLOC ll@is an Anti-Theft feature for the compactdiscplayer.Itcan used or ignored.Ifignored,thesystemplaysnormally.If it isused,your player won’tbeusable if it iseverstolen,because it won’tturnon. be

The instructions below tell you how to enter a secretcode into thesystem. If yourcarloses battery powerforanyreason,youmustunlockthesystemwith thesecretcode before theradiowill turn on.

To Lock The System:
1. Writedownany

6 digitnumber and keepitinasafe

place.

2. Turn the ignition tothe“Accessory”

or “Run” position.

3. Pressthe PWR button to turn theradio off.
3-23

Comfort Contmls & Audio systems
4. Pressthe 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold themdown until on the display.
“-

-

-”

shows
15

You arenowready to enteryoursecretcode. secondsbetween steps.
5. Press SET and 000 willappearonthedisplay.

Don’twaitmorethan

6. Press the SEEK b button to makethefirstnumberappear.
7. Rotate the TUNE knobright or left to make the last twonumbersagree

with your code.
8. Press BAND and 000 willappearagain.Nowyouareready last three digits of your code. 9. Repeatsteps 6 and 7 for the last three digits of yourcode.

to enter the

10. Press BAND and rEP willappearfor appear.

5 secondsand then 000 will

11. Repeatsteps 6 through 10. Thistime SEC willappear-indicating the radio is secure.

that

To Unlock The System After A Power Loss Whenbatterypowerisreapplied to asecuredradio, the radiowon’t turn on and LOC will appearonthedisplay. Enter yoursecretcodeasfollows:pausenomorethan steps.
1. Turn the -igny$onon. (Radio off.) 2. Depressthe SET button. Thedisplay will show 000. 15 secondsbetween

3. Enter the sixdigits of the codefollowing steps 6-9 above.Thedisplay will show the numbersasentered.
4. Depressthe BAND knobandthe time appears-indicatingthat the disabling sequencewassuccessful.If the displayindicates SEC, the numbers did not matchandtheunit is still secured.

Disabling The Theft System
1. Depresspresets 1 and 4 for 5 secondswith ignition onand

off.Thedisplaywillshow

radio power SEC, indicating the unit is in the securemode.
000.

2. Depress the SET button. Thedisplaywillshow

3. Enterthefirst three digits of thecodefollowing steps 6 and 7 of the preceding paragraphs. Thedisplay will show the numbersasentered.

3-24

4. Depress the BAND knob.Theradiowilldisplay

000.

5. Enter the second three digits of the code.The display will show the numbers as entered. 6. Depress the BAND knob.If the displayshows "- the disabling sequencewas successful. Thenumbersmatched the user-selected code or the factoryback-upcode and the unit is in the UNSECUREDmode. If the display shows SEC, the disabling sequencewas unsuccessful and the numbers did not matcheither of the codesand the unit will remain in the SECUREDmode.

-

"!

Care of Your Compact Dlsc

Handlediscscarefully. Store them in their original cases orother protective casesandaway from direct sunlight and dust. If the surface of a disc is soiled, dampena clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and clean it, wiping from the center to the edge. Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling discs.Pickup by grasping the outeredgesor the edge of the hole andtheouteredge. discs

3-25

Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Fixed Mast Antenna
The fixedmastantennacanwithstandmostcarwasheswithoutbeing damaged. If themastshouldeverbecomeslightlybent,youcanstraighten it outbyhand. If themastisbadlybent,as it might be byvandals, you should replace it. Checkeveryonce fender. in awhiletobesurethemast

is still tightened to the

3-26

Your Driving and the Road

Section

Hereyou’ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve also included many other useful tips on driving. Road Signs ............................................................................................................ 4-2 Defensive Driving .................................................................................................. 4-8 Drunken Driving..................................................................................................... 4-9 Control of a Vehicle ............................................................................................ 4-12 Braking.............................................................................................................. 4-12 Steering Tips .................................................................................................... 4-18 Steering in Emergencies ................................................................................. 4-18 Passing ............................................................................................................. 4-20 Loss of Control ................................................................................................ 4-22 Off-Road Driving With Your Four-wheel Drive Vehicle .................................... 4-23 Driving at Night ................................................................................................... 4-34 Driving in the Rain.............................................................................................. 4-37 Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze .......................................................................... 4-39 City Driving .......................................................................................................... 4-41 Freeway Driving................................................................................................... 4-42 Driving a Long Distance..................................................................................... 4-44 Hill and Mountain Roads .................................................................................... 4-46 Parking on Hills ................................................................................................... 4-48 Winter Driving ...................................................................................................... 4-51 Recreational Vehicle Towing (Four-wheel Drive Only) .................................... 4-54 Towing a Trailer ................................................................................................... 4-56

4-1

Your Driving and 1 3 m Road
Road Signs
The roadsignsyouseeeverywherearecodedbycolor,shapeandsymbols. It’sagoodidea to knowthesecodes so thatyoucanquicklygraspthebasic meaningorintentofthesignevenbeforeyouhaveachancetoreadit. Color of Road Signs

V

’r(

ISTOPI

. E N T E ~
c

WAY

t
AM402001

RED means STOP. It mayalsoindicatethatsomemovement Examplesare DO NOT ENTER and WRONG WAY.

is notallowed.

YELLOW indicatesageneralwarning.Slowdownandbecarefulwhenyou seeayellowsign.Itmaysignalarailroadcrossingahead,ano-passing zone,or some otherpotentiallydangeroussituation.Likewise, a yellowsolid linepaintedontheroadmeans“Don’tCross.”

4-2

h

LOw SHOULDER

WORKERS
AHEAD

FLAGGER AHEAD
AM402003

ORANGE indicatesroadconstructionormaintenance. You'li wanttoslow downwhenyousee an orangesign, as part of theroadmaybeclosedoff ortornup. And there may be workersandmaintenancevehiclesaround,too.

WEST

EXIT

SMALLTC'V

44

1 -'
-1
AM402004

GREEN is usedto guidethedriver. Green signsmayindicateupcoming freewayexitsorshowthedirectionyoushouldturn to reachaparticular place.

HOSPITAL

INFORMATION
AM40200i

BLUE signswithwhitelettersshowmotorists'

sewices.

4-3

Your Driving and the Road
&..,

CANOEING

SWIMMING
AM402006

BROWN signs point out recreation areas or points of historicor cultural interest.

Shape of Road Signs Theshape of the sign will tell yousomething,too.

ST0 PII
AM402007

An OCTAGONAL (eight-sided) sign means STOP. It is always red withwhite letters.

A DIAMOND-shaped sign is awarning of something ahead-forexample,the end ofa divided highway, a curve, steephill, soft shoulder, or anarrow bridge.

4-4

AM402009

A TRIANGLE pointed downward,indicatesYIELD. It assignstheright-of-way to trafficon certain approaches to an intersection.

P

AM40201

A TRIANGULAR sign alsoisused on two-lane roads to indicate aNO PASSINGZONE. This sign will be on the leftside of the roadway.

L

KEEP RIGHT

LEFT OR THROUGH

RIGHT TURN ONLY
AM402011

RECTANGULAR (square or oblong)signs show speed limits, parking regulations, give directions, and such informationasdistances to cities.

4-5

Your Driving and the Road
Symbols on Road Signs Therearemanyinternationalroadsigns
in usetoday.

I

AM402012

The basicmessage ofmany of thesesignsis in picturesorgraphicsymbols. A picturewithin a circlewithadiagonallineacross it showswhat NOT to do.

NO U TURN

NO
PARKING

NO BICYCLES
AM40201 3

Traffic Lights

I

I

AM402014

We’re all familiarwithtrafficlightsorstoplights.Often,greenarrowsarebeing used in thelightsforimprovedtrafficcontrol.Onsomemultilaneroads,green arrowslightup,indicatingthattrafficinoneormorelanescanmoveormake aturn.Greenarrowsdon’tmean“gonomatterwhat”.You’llstill need to proceedwithcaution,yieldingtheright ofway to pedestriansandsometimes toothervehicles.

4-6

Some traffic lights alsouseredarrows turning onred.

to signify that you muststopbefore

Manycityroads and expressways, and evenbridges,usereversible-lane trafficcontrolduringrushhours. A red X light above a lanemeansnodriving in thatlaneat that time. A greenarrowmeans you maydrive in that lane. Lookforthesigns posted to warndriverswhathours and days these systemsare in effect.
REVERSIBLE LANE ON MULTI-LANE ROADWAY

C

I

Pavement Markings

I
NO PASSING ZONE
AM402016

Pavementmarkings add totraffic signs and signals.Theygiveinformationto driverswithout taking attention from the roadway. A solid yellow line on your sideof the roadorlanemeans“don’t cross.”
Your Own Signals Drivers signal toothers, too. It’s not onlymorepolite,it’ssafertoletother drivers knowwhat you are doing.And in someplaces the lawrequiresdriver signals.

4-7

Your Driving and the Road
Turnandlanechangesignals: changelanes.
Alwayssignalwhenyouplanto turn or

If necessary,youcanusehandsignalsout the window:Leftarmstraightout for a left turn,downforslow or about-to-stop, and up for a rightturn. Slowingdown: If timeallows,tapthebrake of slowing or stopping. This warns the driver
pedal once or twice in advance behind you.

Disabled: Your four-way flashers signal that your vehicle hazard.See“HazardWarning Flasher” intheIndex.

is disabled or is a

Traffic Officer
Thetraffic police officerisalso a source of importantinformation.Theofficer’s signals govern,nomatterwhatthetrafficlights or othersignssay. Thenextpartdiscussessome of theroad conditions youmayencounter. driving is:Drivedefensively. in yourvehicle:Buckleup.

Defensive Driving
The best adviceanyonecangiveabout Pleasestartwith a veryimportantsafetydevice (See “Safety Belts” in theIndex.)

Defensivedrivingreallymeans“beready for anything.”Oncitystreets,rural roads, or freeways, it means“alwaysexpecttheunexpected.” Assumethatpedestrians or otherdrivers are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipatewhattheymight do. Bereadyfortheirmistakes. Expectchildren to dashoutfrombehindparkedcars,oftenfollowedbyother children. Expectoccupantsinparkedcars to open doors intotraffic.Watchfor movementinparkedcars-someonemay be about to open a door. Expectotherdrivers to runstopsignswhenyouareon a throughstreet.Be ready to brake if necessaryasyougothroughintersections. Youmay not have to usethebrake,but if you do, youwillbeready.

If you’re driving through a shoppingcenterparkinglotwherethereare well-markedlanes, directional arrows, and designatedparkingareas,expect somedrivers to ignoreallthesemarkingsanddashstraight toward onepart of the lot.
Pedestrianscanbecareless.Watchforthem. In general,youmust to pedestrianseven if youknowyouhavetherightofway. give way

Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents. Yet they are common.Allowenoughfollowingdistance.It’sthebestdefensive driving

4-8

maneuver, in both cityandruraldriving. You neverknowwhenthevehicle front of you is goingtobrakeor turn suddenly. Here’safinalbit of informationaboutdefensivedriving.Themostdangerous timefordrivinginthe US. is veryearlyonSundaymorning.Infact, GM Researchstudiesshowthatthemostandtheleastdangeroustimesfor driving,everyweek,fallonthesameday.Thatday is Sunday. The most dangeroustimeisSundayfrom3 a.m. to 4 a.m. The safesttimeisSunday from 10 a.m.to 11 a.m.DrivingthesamedistanceonaSunday at 3a.m. isn’tjustalittlemoredangerousthanitisat 10 a.m.It’sabout134times moredangerous!Thatleads to thenextpart.

in

Drunken Driving
Deathandinjuryassociatedwithdrinking and drivingisanationaltragedy.It’s thenumber one contributor to thehighwaydeathtoll,claimingthousands of victimseveryyear.Alcoholtakesaway three thingsthatanyoneneeds to driveavehicle: Judgment Muscular Coordination Vision Policerecordsshow that half of allmotorvehicle-relateddeathsinvolve alcohol-adriver,apassengerorsomeoneelse,suchasapedestrian,had beendrinking. In mostcases,thesedeathsaretheresult of someonewho wasdrinkinganddriving.Over 25,000 motorvehicle-relateddeathsoccur eachyear because of alcohol,andthousands of peopleareinjured. Justhowmuchalcoholistoomuch if apersonplansto drive? Ideally,no oneshoulddrinkalcohol and thendrive.But if onedoes,thenwhat’s“too much”can be a lot lessthanmanymightthink.Although it dependsoneach personandsituation,here is somegeneralinformationontheproblem. The BloodAlcoholContent(BAC) four things: How much alcoholisinthedrink. Thedrinker’sbodyweight. The amount of foodthatis consumed beforeandduringdrinking. The length oftime it has taken the drinker to consumethealcohol. of someone whoisdrinkingdependsupon

4-9

Your Driving and the Road

AM407001

ht; LI IN A BAC OF ‘*7T .05°/o IN THt IIIVIE SHOWN
(as in picture)
OF DRINKS

4

100

120

140

160 240 220 200 180

BODY WEIGHT IN POUNDS

AM407002

According to theAmericanMedicalAssociation,a180-pound(82kg)person whodrinksthree12-ounce (355 ml)bottlesofbeerinanhourwillendup withaBACofabout 0.06 percent.ThepersonwouldreachthesameBAC bydrinkingthree4-ounce(120ml)glasses of wineorthreemixeddrinks each had 1 4 2 ounces (45 ml) of aliquorlikewhiskey,ginorvodka.
It’s theamount of alcoholthatcounts.Forexample,ifthesamepersondrank three doublemartinis (3 ouncesor 90 ml of liquoreach)withinanhour,the person’sBACwould be close to 0.12 percent.Apersonwhoconsumesfood just beforeorduringdrinkingwillhaveaslightlylowerBAClevel.

if

4-1 0

The law in most US. states sets the legal limit at aBAC of 0.10 percent. In Canada the limitis 0.08 percent, andinsomeother countries it’s lowerthan that. The BACwillbeover 0.10 percent afterthreetosix drinks (in one hour). Of course, as we’veseen, it dependsonhowmuchalcoholisinthe drinks,andhowquickly the persondrinksthem. Butit’sveryimportanttokeep in mindthat the abilitytodrive is affected well belowaBAC of 0.10 percent. Research showsthatthe driving skills ofmany peopleare impaired ataBACapproaching 0.05 percent, and thattheeffects areworseatnight. All driversare impaired at BAClevelsabove 0.05 percent. Statisticsshowthatthechance of being in anaccidentincreasessharplyfor driverswhohaveaBAC of 0.05 percent or above. A driverwithaBAC level of 0.06 percent (three beers in one hourfora 180-pound or 82 kg person) hasdoubled his orherchance of having an accident. At aBAC level of 0.10 percent, the chance of thatdriver having an accidentissixtimesgreater; at alevel of 0.15 percent, thechancesaretwenty-fivetimesgreater!And, the bodytakesabout an hour to rid itself of the alcoholinonedrink. No amount of coffeeornumber of cold showerswill speed thatup.
“I’ll becareful”isn’ttherightanswer.What if there’sanemergency,a need to take sudden action, aswhena child darts into thestreet? A person witha higherBACmightnotbeable to reactquicklyenough to avoidthecollision.

There’ssomethingelseaboutdrinking and driving thatmany people don’t know. Medical researchshows that alcohol inaperson’ssystemcanmake crash injuriesworse.That’sespeciallytrueforbrain, spinal cord and heart injuries. That meansthat if anyonewhohas been drinking-driveror passenger-is in acrash,thechance of being killed or permanently disabled ishigherthan if that person had not been drinking.Andwe’vealreadyseen that thechance of a crash itself is higher for drinkingdrivers.
I

A

Drinking and then driving isverydangerous. Your reflexes,percep tions, and judgmentwillbeaffectedby even asmallamountofalco hol. You could have aserious-orevenfatal-accident if you driv afterdrinking.Pleasedon’tdrink and driveorridewithadriverwho has been drinking.Ridehome in a cab; or if you’rewithagroup

4-1 1

Your Driving and the Road
Control of a Vehicle

AM409005

You havethreesystemsthatmakeyourvehiclegowhereyouwant it togo. They are thebrakes,thesteering and theaccelerator. All threesystemshave to do their workattheplaceswhere the tires meettheroad. Sometimes,aswhenyou’redrivingonsnow or ice, it’seasytoaskmore thosecontrolsystemsthanthetiresandroadcanprovide.Thatmeansyou canlosecontrol of yourvehicle.

of

Braking
Brakingactioninvolves First,youhavetodecide time. Thenyouhaveto

perceptiontime and reaction time.
to pushonthe brake pedal.That’s perception bring up yourfoot and do it.That’s reaction time.

Average reaction time isabout 3/4 of asecond.Butthat’sonlyanaverage. It might be lesswithonedriver and aslongastwoorthreeseconds or morewithanother.Age,physicalcondition,alertness,coordination, and eyesightallplayapart. So do alcohol,drugsandfrustration.Buteven in 314 of asecond,avehiclemovingat 60 mph (100 km/h)travels 66 feet (20 m). That could bealot of distance in anemergency, so keepingenoughspace betweenyourvehicle and othersisimportant.
of the And, of course,actualstoppingdistancesvarygreatlywiththesurface road(whetherit’spavementorgravel);thecondition ofthe road (wet, dry, icy); tire tread; and thecondition of yourbrakes.

4-1 2

Most drivers treat their brakeswithcare.Some,however,overwork brakingsystemwithpoor driving habits.

the

Avoidneedlessheavybraking.Somepeopledrive in spurts-heavy accelerationfollowed by heavybraking-ratherthankeeping pace with traffic. This is a mistake. Your brakesmay not havetimeto cool between hard stops. Your brakes will wearoutmuchfaster if you do a lot of heavy braking. Don’t “ride” the brakes by letting your left footrest lightly on the brake pedalwhiledriving.
!

AM410001

CAUTION
“Riding”yourbrakes can causethem to overheat to thepoint that theywon’tworkwell. You mightnotbeable to stopyourvehicle in time to avoidanaccident. If you “ride” yourbrakes,theywillget so hot they will require a lot of pedal force to slowyoudown.Avoid “riding” the brakes.

I

“Riding” the brakeswearsthem out muchfaster. You would need costly brake replacementmuchsooner than normal, and it alsoreduces fuel economy

4-1 3

Your Driving and the Road
If youkeeppacewiththetrafficandallowrealisticfollowingdistances,you willeliminatea lot of unnecessarybraking.Thatmeansbetterbrakingand longerbrakelife.

If yourengineeverstopswhileyou’redriving,brakenormallybutdon’t pumpyourbrakes. If youdo,thepedalmaygetharder to pushdown. If yourengine stops, youwillstillhavesomepowerbrakeassist.Butyou willuse it whenyoubrake.Oncethepowerassistisusedup,itmay takelonger to stop andthebrakepedalwillbeharder to push.

Antilock Brakes (ABS) Your vehiclehasanadvancedelectronicbrakingsystemthatcanhelpyou keepitundercontrol.

‘b

F
AM415003

Here’showantilockworks.Let’ssaytheroad is wet.You’redrivingsafely. Suddenlyananimaljumpsoutinfront of you. You slamonthebrakes.Here’swhathappenswith
ABS. A computersensesthatarearwheel is slowingdown.Thecomputerworks thebrakesattherearwheels. It isprogrammed to makethemostof availabletireandroadconditions.

4-1 4

AM415013

As youbrake,yourcomputerkeepsreceivingupdatesonrearwheel speed-and controls braking pressureaccordingly.

I CAUTION
wlii @E?

Antilockdoesn’t change thetimeyouneed to getyourfootup to the brakepedal. If yougettooclose to the vehicle in front ofyou, you won’thavetime to applyyourbrakes if thatvehiclesuddenlyslows or stops.Alwaysleave enough roomup ahead tn stop, even thnllgh you have antilock brakes.

-

I

lo Use Antilock Userearwheelantilocklikeregularbrakes. You mayfeelthebrakesvibrate, oryoumaynoticesome noise outsideyourvehicle,butthis is normal.Let antilockworkforyou,butremember: Your frontwheelscan still stoprolling. If thathappens,release enough pressureon the brakes to getthewheels rollingagain so that you can steer.
Withthefour-wheeldriveoptionyouwon’thaveantilockbrakingwhenyou shiftintofour-wheeldrive.Butyouwillhaveregularbraking.When back intotwo-wheeldrive,youwillhaveantilockagain. you shift

4-1 5

Your Driving and the Road
Brake System Warning Light Standard Cluster
Digital Cluster

PO159

Thislightappears on yourinstrumentcluster to warnyouifyourregular brakingsystemneedsservice. Ifyourvehiclehasrearwheelantilockbrakes, thislightwillalsowarnyouabouttroubleinthatsystem.Itwillalso light if yourparkingbrake is notfullydisengaged.SeetheIndexunder“Brake SystemWarningLight.”

Disc Brake Wear Indicators Yourvehiclehasfrontdiscbrakesandreardrumbrakes.Discbrakepads havebuilt-inwearindicatorsthatmakeahigh-pitchedwarningsoundwhen thebrakepadsarewornandnewpadsareneeded.Thesoundmaycome and go or be heardallthetimeyourvehicleismoving(exceptwhenyouare pushingonthebrakepedalfirmly).

I

The brake wearwarningsoundmeans that sooneror later your A brakes won’t workwell. That could lead to an accident. When you hear the brake wear warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.
A

4-1 6

Somedrivingconditionsorclimatesmaycause a brakesquealwhenthe brakesarefirstappliedorlightlyapplied.Thisdoesnot mean somethingis wrongwithyourbrakes.

Rear Drum Brakes Your reardrumbrakesdon’thavethewearindicators,but if youeverheara rearbrakerubbingnoise,havetherearbrakeliningsinspected. Also, therear brakedrumsshouldbe removed andinspectedeachtimethetiresare removed forrotationorchanging.Whenyouhavethefrontbrakesreplaced, havetherearbrakesinspected, too.
Brakeliningsshouldalwaysbereplacedascompleteaxlesets.

Brake Pedal Travel Seeyourdealer if thebrakepedaldoesnotreturn to normalheight,or if thereisarapidincreaseinpedaltravel.This could beasign of brake trouble. Brake Adjustment Everytimeyoumakeabrakestop,yourdiscbrakesadjustforwear. If your brakepedalgoesdownfarther than normal,yourrear drum brakesmayneed adjustment.Adjustthembybackingupandfirmlyapplyingthebrakesafew times. Braking In Emergencies At sometime,nearlyeverydrivergets into asituationthatrequireshard braking. You have the rearwheelantilockbrakingsystem.Yourfrontwheels canstoprollingwhen you brakeveryhard.Oncetheydo,thevehiclecan’t respond to yoursteering.Momentumwillcarryit in whateverdirection it was headed when the frontwheelsstoppedrolling.That could be off theroad, intothevery thing youwere trying to avoid,orintotraffic.

So, usea“squeeze”brakingtechnique.Thiswillgiveyoumaximumbraking whilemaintainingsteeringcontrol. You dothisbypushingonthebrakepedal withsteadilyincreasingpressure.Whenyoudo, it will help maintainsteering control. In manyemergencies,steering can helpyoumorethaneventhevery bestbraking.

Steering
Power Steering If youlosepowersteeringassistbecausetheengine stops orthesystem fails to function,you can steerbut it will take muchmoreeffort.

4-1 7

Your Driving and the Road
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves It’simportanttotakecurvesatareasonablespeed. A lotofthe“driverlostcontrol”accidentsmentionedonthenews curves.Here’swhy:
happen on

Experienceddriver orbeginner,each of usissubjecttothesamelawsof physicswhendrivingoncurves.Thetraction of thetiresagainsttheroad surfacemakesitpossibleforthevehicle to change its pathwhenyou turn thefrontwheels. If there’snotraction,inertiawillkeepthevehiclegoing in thesamedirection. If you’veevertried to steeravehicleonwetice,you’ll understandthis. The tractionyoucanget in acurvedependsonthecondition ofyourtires andtheroadsurface,theangleatwhichthecurve is banked,andyour speed.Whileyou’re in acurve,speed is theonefactoryoucancontrol. Suppose you’resteeringthroughasharpcurve. Then yousuddenlyapplythe brakes.Bothcontrolsystems-steeringandbraking-have to do theirwork where the tiresmeettheroad.Addingthehardbrakingcandemandtoo muchatthoseplaces. You canlosecontrol. The samethingcan happen if you’resteeringthroughasharpcurveandyousuddenlyaccelerate. Those twocontrolsystems-steeringandacceleration-canoverwhelmthoseplaces where the tiresmeettheroadandmakeyoulosecontrol. Whatshouldyoudo if thiseverhappens?Letuponthebrakeoraccelerator pedal,steerthevehiclethewayyouwant it togo,andslowdown. Speed limitsignsnearcurveswarnthatyoushouldadjustyourspeed. Of course,thepostedspeedsarebased on goodweatherandroadconditions. Underlessfavorableconditionsyou’llwanttogoslower. If you need to reduceyourspeedasyouapproachacurve, do it beforeyou enterthecurve,whileyourfrontwheelsarestraightahead. Try to adjustyour speed so youcan“drive”throughthecurve.Maintainareasonable,steady speed.Wait to accelerateuntilyouareout of thecurve,andthenaccelerate gentlyintothestraightaway. Whenyoudriveintoacurveatnight,it’shardertoseetheroad youbecause it bendsawayfromthestraightbeamsofyourlights.This one good reason to driveslower. ahead of is

Steering in Emergencies Therearetimeswhensteeringcan be moreeffectivethanbraking.For example,youcomeoverahillandfindatruckstopped in yourlane,ora
4-1 8

carsuddenly pulls outfromnowhere, or a child dartsoutfrombetween parked cars and stops right in front ofyou.You can avoid these problemsby braking-if you canstopintime.Butsometimes you can’t;there isn’t room. That’s the timeforevasiveaction-steeringaroundtheproblem. Your vehicle can performverywell in emergencieslikethese.Firstapplyyour brakes, but notenough to lockyourfrontwheels. It is better toremoveasmuch Thensteeraroundtheproblem, available. speed asyoucanfromapossiblecollision. to theleft or rightdepending on thespace

I

KO444

An emergencylike this requires close attention and aquickdecision. If you are holding the steering wheelattherecommended 9 and 3 o’clockpositions, youcanturn it a full 180 degreesveryquicklywithoutremovingeitherhand. But you have to actfast,steerquickly, and just asquickly straighten the wheelonceyouhave avoided theobject. You mustthenbepreparedtosteer back to your original lane and then braketoa controlled stop. Dependingonyourspeed, this canberatherviolentforanunprepareddriver. This isone of the reasons driving expertsrecommendthatyouuseyour safety belts and keep both hands on the steeringwheel. The fact that such emergency situations arealwayspossible to practice defensive driving at all times. is a good reason

Off-Road Recovery You may find sometime that yourrightwheelshave aroadonto the shoulderwhile you’re driving.

dropped off theedge of

4-1 9

Your Driving and the Road

AM428003

If the level of theshoulder is only slightly below the pavement,recovery shouldbefairly easy. Ease offtheaccelerator and then, if there is nothingin the way, steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement. You canturnthesteeringwheelup to 1/4 turnuntil the rightfront tire contacts thepavementedge.Thenturnyoursteeringwheel to go straight down the roadway. If theshoulderappears to beaboutfourinches (100 mm) ormorebelowthe pavement,thisdifferencecancauseproblems. If thereisnotenoughroom to pull entirelyontotheshoulderandstop,thenfollowthesameprocedures.But iftherighttirescrubsagainstthesideofthepavement,do NOT steer more sharply.With too much steering angle, the vehicle may jump back onto the road with so much steering input that it crosses over into the oncoming traffic beforeyoucanbring it backundercontrol.Instead,ease off againonthe acceleratorandsteeringinput,straddlethepavementonce more, then try again.

Passing
The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two-lane highway waits for just therightmoment,accelerates,movesaroundthevehicleahead,then goes back intotherightlaneagain. A simplemaneuver?
Not necessarily!Passinganothervehicle on atwo-lanehighway is a potentiallydangerousmove,sincethepassingvehicleoccupiesthesamelane asoncomingtrafficforseveralseconds. A miscalculation,anerror in judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents-the head-on collision.

4-20

So herearesometipsforpassing:
“Driveahead.”Lookdowntheroad, to thesides,and to crossroadsfor situationsthatmightaffectyourpassingpatterns. If youhaveanydoubt whatsoeveraboutmakingasuccessfulpass,waitforabettertime. Watchfortrafficsigns, pavement markings, and lines.Ifyou can seea signupaheadthatmightindicatea turn or an intersection,delayyour pass. A brokencenterlineusuallyindicatesit’sallrighttopass (providingtheroad ahead isclear).Nevercrossasolidlineonyourside of thelaneoradoublesolidline,even if theroadseemsempty of approachingtraffic.
If yoususpectthatthedriver ofyourpresence,tapthehorn

of the vehicle you want to pass isn’t aware a couple of timesbeforepassing.

Do notget too close to thevehicleyouwanttopasswhileyou’re awaitinganopportunity.For one thing,followingtoocloselyreducesyour area of vision,especially if you’refollowingalargervehicle. Also, you won’thaveadequatespace if thevehicle ahead suddenlyslowsorstops. Keep backareasonabledistance.
to passiscomingup,start to accelerate When it lookslikeachance butstay in therightlaneanddon’tget too close.Timeyourmove so youwillbeincreasingspeedasthetimecomes to moveintotheother lane. If thewayisclear to pass,youwillhavea“runningstart”that morethanmakesupforthedistance you wouldlosebydroppingback. And if something happens to causeyou to cancelyourpass,youneed onlyslowdownanddropbackagainandwaitforanotheropportunity.

If othercarsarelinedup to passaslowvehicle,waityourturn.But takecarethatsomeoneisn’ttrying to passyouasyoupullouttopass theslowvehicle.Remembertoglanceoveryourshoulderandcheckthe blindspot. Checkyourmirrors,glanceoveryourshoulder,andstartyourleftlane changesignalbeforemovingout of therightlane to pass.Whenyou arefar enough ahead of thepassedvehicle to seeitsfront in your insidemirror,activateyourrightlanechangesignalandmovebackinto therightlane.(Rememberthat if yourrightoutsidemirror is convex,the vehicleyou just passed may seem to befurtherawayfromyouthan it reallyis.)

Try not to passmorethanonevehicleatatimeontwo-laneroads. Reconsiderbeforepassingthenextvehicle.

4-2 1

Your Driving and the Road
Don’tovertakeaslowlymovingvehicle too rapidly.Eventhough the brakelightsarenotflashing,itmaybeslowingdown or startingtoturn.

If you’re being passed,make it easyforthefollowingdrivertogetahead of you.Perhapsyoucaneasealittle to theright.

Loss of Control
Let’sreviewwhatdrivingexpertssayaboutwhathappenswhenthe controlsystems(brakes,steeringandacceleration)don’thaveenoughfriction wherethetiresmeettheroad to dowhatthedriverhasasked. In anyemergency,don’tgiveup.Keeptrying escaperouteorarea of lessdanger. three

to steer, and constantlyseekan

Skidding In askid,adrivercanlosecontrol of thevehicle.Defensivedrivers avoid mostskidsbytakingreasonablecaresuitedtoexistingconditions, and bynot “overdriving”thoseconditions.Butskids are alwayspossible.
The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s three control systems. In thebrakingskid,yourwheelsaren’trolling. In thesteeringorcornering skid, too muchspeedorsteeringinacurvecausestirestoslipand lose corneringforce.And in theaccelerationskid, too muchthrottlecauses the driving wheelstospin.

A corneringskidand an acceleration skid arebesthandledbyeasingyour foot off theaccelerator pedal. Ifyourvehiclestartstoslide(aswhen you turn acorner on awet,snow-orice-coveredroad),easeyourfoot off the acceleratorpedalassoonas you feel the tiresstart to slide.Quicklysteer the way you wantthevehicletogo. If you startsteeringquicklyenough,your vehiclewillstraightenout. As it does,straightenthe front wheels.
or othermaterial is on the road.Forsafety,you’llwant to slowdown and adjustyour driving to these conditions.Itisimportant to slowdown on slipperysurfaces because stoppingdistancewill be longerandvehiclecontrolmorelimited. Whiledrivingonasurfacewithreducedtraction,tryyourbestto avoid suddensteering,acceleration,or braking (includingenginebrakingby shifting to a lowergear).Anysuddenmove could causethe tires to slide. You may notrealize the surface is slippery until yourvehicle is skidding. Learn to recognizewarningclues-suchasenoughwater,iceorpackedsnow on the road tomakea“mirroredsurface”-andslowdownwhenyouhaveany doubt.

O course,tractionisreducedwhenwater,snow,ice,gravel, f

4-22

Remember:Therearwheelantilockbrakingsystem (RWAL) helps avoid only arearbrakingskid. In abraking skid (wherethefrontwheelsarenolonger rolling),release enough pressure on the brakes to getthefrontwheelsrolling again.Thisrestoressteeringcontrol.Push the brake pedal downsteadily when youhave to stopsuddenly.Aslongasthefrontwheelsarerolling,you willhavesteeringcontrol.Steerthewayyouwant to go.

OffmRoad Driving with Your Four-wheel Drive Vehicle
Thisoff-roadguide is forvehiclesthathavefour-wheeldrive.Also,see “AntilockBrakes’’ in the Index. If yourvehicledoesn’thavefour-wheeldrive, youshouldn’tdrive off-road unlessyou’reon a level,solidsurface. Off-roaddrivingcanbegreatfun.But it doeshavesomedefinitehazards. Thegreatest of theseistheterrainitself. “Off-roading”meansyou’veleftthegreatNorthAmericanroadsystembehind. Trafficlanesaren’tmarked.Curvesaren’tbanked.Therearenoroadsigns. Surfacescanbeslippery,rough,uphillordownhill.Inshort,you’vegoneright back to nature. Off-road drivinginvolvessomenewskills.Andthat’s why it’sveryimportant thatyoureadthisguide. You’ll find manydrivingtipsandsuggestions.These willhelp make your off-road drivingsaferandmoreenjoyable.

Before You Go Off-Roading
Therearesomethings to dobefore you goout.Forexample,besure to haveallnecessarymaintenanceandserviceworkdone.Besureyoureadall theinformationaboutyourfour-wheeldrivevehicle in thismanual. Is there enough fuel? Is the sparetirefullyinflated?Arethefluidlevelsupwhere theyshouldbe?Whatarethelocallawsthatapply to off-roadingwhereyou’ll bedriving? If you don’tknow,youshouldcheckwithlawenforcementpeople in thearea.Willyou be onsomeone’sprivateland?If so, besure to getthe necessarypermission.

Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
Therearesomeimportantthings vehicle. to rememberabouthow to loadyour ofyourrear The heaviestthingsshouldbeonthe load floorandforward axle.Putheavieritemsasfarforwardasyoucan.

Be surethe load is securedproperly, so drivingontheoff-roadterrain doesn’ttossthingsaround.

4-23

Controllingyourvehicle is thekey to successful off-road driving. One of the bestways to controlyourvehicle is to controlyourspeed.Hereare some thingstokeep in mind.Athigherspeeds: youapproachthingsfasterandyouhave for obstacles. youhave less time to react. youhavemorevehicle bounce whenyoudriveoverobstacles. you’ll need moredistanceforbraking,especiallysinceyou’reonan unpaved surface. less time to scantheterrain

A

When you’re driving offroad,bouncingandquick changes in direction can easilythrowyouout of position.Thiscouldcauseyou to losecontrolandcrash. So, whetheryou’redrivingonorofftheroad, youandyourpassengersshouldwearsafetybelts.
I

Scanning the Terrain Off-road driving can take you overmanydifferentkindsofterrain. You need to befamiliarwiththeterrain and its manydifferentfeatures.Herearesome things to consider. Surface Conditions Off-roadingcantakeyouover hard-packed dirt,gravel,rocks,grass,sand, mud,snoworice. Each of thesesurfacesaffectsthesteering,acceleration, andbraking of yourtruck in differentways.Dependinguponthe kind of surfaceyouare on, you mayexperienceslipping,sliding,wheelspinning, delayedacceleration, poor traction, and longerbrakingdistances, Surface Obstacles Unseenor hidden obstacles can behazardous. A rock,log,hole,rut,or bumpcanstartle you if you’renotpreparedforthem.Oftentheseobstacles arehidden by grass,bushes,snow or eventheriseand fall of theterrain itself.Herearesomethings to consider:

Is the path ahead clear?
Willthesurfacetexture change abruptlyup ahead? of Does the traveltakeyouuphillordownhill?(There’smorediscussion thesesubjectslater.) Willyouhave to stopsuddenlyor change directionquickly?

4-25

Your Driving and the Road
When you driveoverobstaclesorroughterrain,keepafirmgriponthe steeringwheel.Ruts,troughs, or othersurfacefeaturescanjerkthewheel outof yourhands if you’renotprepared. Whenyoudriveoverbumps,rocks, or otherobstacles,yourwheelscanleave theground. If thishappens,evenwithone or twowheels,youcan’tcontrol thevehicleaswell or atall. Becauseyou will be on anunpavedsurface,it’sespeciallyimportant suddenacceleration,suddenturns, or suddenbraking. to avoid

Inaway,off-roaddrivingrequiresadifferentkind of alertnessfrom driving on paved roadsandhighways.Thereare no roadsigns,postedspeedlimits or signallights. You have to useyourowngoodjudgmentaboutwhatis safe and whatisn’t.

can be affectedbyevenasmallamount

of alcohol. You could have

Driving On Off-Road Hills
Off-roaddrivingoftentakesyouup,down,oracrossahill.Drivingsafelyon hills requiresgoodjudgmentandanunderstanding of whatyourvehicle can and can’t do. Therearesomehillsthatsimplycan’tbedriven, no matterhow well built thevehicle.

A
I

Many hills aresimply too steepforanyvehicle. If youdrive up them, you willstall.If you drivedownthem, you can’tcontrolyourspeed. 1 I you driveacrossthem,youwillrollover. You could be seriously injured or killed. If you haveanydoubtaboutthesteepness,don’t drive hill. the

Approaching a Hill Whenyouapproacha hill, you need to decide if it’sone of those hills that’s just too steep to climb,descend,orcross.Steepnesscan be hard to judge. On a very smallhill,forexample,theremay be asmooth,constant incline

4-26

withonlyasmall change in elevationwhereyoucaneasilyseeallthe way tothetop. On alarge hill, the inclinemaygetsteeperasyounearthetop, but you’ may not see this because the crest of the hill is hidden bybushes, grass,orshrubs. Herearesomeotherthings
to considerasyouapproachahill.

Is thereaconstantincline,or places?
slipping?

does the hill getsharplysteeper

in

Is there good tractiononthehillside,orwillthesurfacecausetire
path upordownthehill turning maneuvers? Arethereobstructionsonthehillthan trees,logs or ruts)?

Is thereastraight

so youwon’thave

to make

can blockyour path (boulders,

What’s beyond the hill? Is there a cliff,anembankment,adrop-off,a fence?Getout and walk the hill if youdon’tknow.It’sthesmartwayto find out.

Is the hill simplytoorough?Steephillsoftenhaveruts,gullies,troughs and exposed rocksbecausetheyare more susceptible to theeffects of erosion. Driving Uphill Once youdecideyou specialsteps.
Usealowergear can safelydrive up thehill,youneed and getafirmgriponthesteeringwheel.

to takesome

Getasmoothstartupthe hill and try to maintainyourspeed.Don’tuse morepowerthanyouneed,becauseyoudon’twantyourwheels to start spinningorsliding.
Try to drivestraightupthe hill if atallpossible. turns,youmightwant to find anotherroute. If the path twistsand

I CAUTION

-

A Turningordrivingacrosssteephillscan be dangerous. You coulc 4 losetraction.slidesideways, and possibly roll over.You could _ _ seriously injt j or killed. Whendrivina UD hills. alwavs try to ao straiaht UD.
Easeupon

your speed as you approachthetop

of the hill.

4-27

Your Driving and the Road
Attachaflagtothevehicletomakeyoumorevisibletoapproaching traffic on trails or hills. Soundthehornasyouapproachthetop know you’re there. Useyourheadlightsevenduringthe oncomingtraffic. of hill to letopposingtraffic day.Theymakeyoumorevisibleto

A

Drivingtothetop(crest) of ahill at fullspeedcancausean accident.Therecouldbeadrop-off,embankment,cliff,oreven anothervehicle. You could beseriouslyinjured or killed. As younear the tophill, alert.down of a stayslow and
I can’t

I

Q: Whatshould I do if my vehiclestalls, or is abouttostall,and make it up the hill?

A: If thishappens,therearesomethings you shoulddo, and there are some things youmustnot do. First,here’swhatyou shoulddo:

Pushthebrakepedaltostop the vehicle and keep it fromrolling backwards. Also, applytheparkingbrake.

If yourengineis still running,shiftthetransmissionintoreverse,release the parkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthe hill inreverse.
If yourenginehas stopped running,you’ll need torestart it. Withthe brakepedaldepressed and the parking brake still applied,shiftthe transmission to P (Park) (or, shiftto N (Neutral)ifyourvehiclehasa manualtransmission) and restarttheengine.Then,shiftto R (Reverse), release the parkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthehill in reverse.

As youarebackingdown the hill,putyourlefthandonthe steering wheel at the 12 o’clockposition.This way, you’llbeableto tell if your wheels are straight or turned to the leftorright as youbackdown.
Herearesomethingsyou whengoingupahill.

mustnot do if youstall,orareabout

to stall,

Neverattempttopreventastallbyshifting into N (Neutral)(or depressing the clutch, if youhaveamanualtransmission) to “rev-up” the engine and regainforwardmomentum.Thiswon’twork. Your vehiclewill roll backwardsveryquicklyand you could gooutofcontrol.

4-28

Instead,applytheregularbrake to stopthevehicle. Then applythe parkingbrake.Shiftintoreverse,releasetheparkingbrake,andslowly backdown. Neverattempt to turn around if youareabout to stallwhengoingupa hill. If thehillissteep enough to stallyourvehicle,it’ssteepenoughto causeyou to rollover if you turn around. If youcan’tmake it upthe hill,youmustbackdownthe hill.

Q: Suppose, after stalling,

I try to back down the hill and decide I just can’t do it. What should I do?

A: Set the parkingbrake,putyourtransmission in P (Park)(orthemanual transmission in firstgear), and turn off theengine.Leavethevehicleandgo getsomehelp.Exitontheuphillside and stayclear of the path thevehicle wouldtake if it rolled downhill. Do notshiftthetransfercase to N (Neutral) whenyouleavethevehicle.Leave it in somegear.

A

If you a have manual transfer shift shifting transfer case lever, the case to N (Neutral) can causeyourvehicle to roll even if the transmission is in P (Park)(or, if youhavethemanualtransmission, even if you’re in gear).This is because the N (Neutral) position on thetransfer case overridesthetransmission. If you are going to leave your vehicle, set the parking brake and shift the transmission to P (Park) (or, putyour manual transmission in firstgear).But do notshift the transfer case to the N (Neutral)position. Leave the transfer case in the 2 WHEEL, 4 HIGH or 4 LOW position..

I

Driving Downhiil When off-roading takesyoudownhill,you’llwanttoconsider things:
What’sthesurfacelike? Gravel?

a numberof

How steep is thedownhill? Will I beable to maintainvehiclecontrol?
Smooth? Rough? Slippery?Hard-packeddirt?
Logs? Boulders?

Aretherehiddensurfaceobstacles?Ruts?

What’satthebottom of thehill? Is thereahiddencreekbank riverbottomwithlargerocks?

oreven a

4-29

Your Driving and the Road
If youdecideyoucangodownahillsafely,thentry to keepyourvehicle headed straightdown,andusealowgear.Thisway,enginedrag can help yourbrakesandtheywon’thave to doallthework.Descendslowly,keeping yourvehicleundercontrolatalltimes.

Heavybrakingwhengoingdownahillcancauseyourbrakes to overheatandfade.Thiscouldcauselossofcontrolandaserious lccident.Applythebrakeslightlywhendescel ng ahill and usea lowgeartokeepvehiclespeedundercontrol.

Q: Arethere some things I shouldnotdowhendrivingdown

a hill?

A: Yes!Theseareimportantbecause if youignore them you could lose control and haveaseriousaccident. Whendrivingdownhill,avoidturnsthattakeyouacrosstheincline of the hill. A hillthat’snottoosteep to drivedownmay be toosteep to drive across. You couldrollover if youdon’tdrivestraightdown. Nevergodownhillwiththetransmission in N (Neutral),orwiththeclutch pedaldepressed in amanualshift.This is called“free-wheeling.” Your brakeswillhave to doalltheworkandcouldoverheat and fade.
Avoidbraking so hardthatyoulockthewheelswhengoingdownhill. If yourfrontwheels are locked,youcan’tsteeryourvehicle.Ifyourwheels lockupduringdownhillbraking,youmay feel thevehiclestarting to slide sideways. To regainyourdirection,justease off the brakes and steer to keep the front of the vehicle pointing straight downhill.

Q: Am I likelyto stall whengoingdownhill?
A: It’smuchmorelikelytohappengoinguphill.But downhill,here’swhat to do. if ithappensgoing

Stopyourvehiclebyapplyingtheregularbrakes.Applytheparking brake. Shiftto P (Park)(or to N (Neutral)withthemanualtransmission)and, whilestillbraking,restart the engine. Shiftback to alow gear,releasetheparkingbrake,anddrivestraight down.
I theenginewon’tstart,getoutandgethelp. f

4-30

Driving Across an lncline Sooner orlater,an off-road trailwillprobablygoacrosstheincline of ahill. If thishappens,youhave to decidewhether to trytodriveacrosstheincline. Herearesomethings to consider: A hillthatcanbedrivenstraightupordownmaybe too steep to drive across.Whenyougostraightup or downahill,thelength of thewheel base(thedistancefromthefrontwheels to therearwheels)reducesthe likelihoodthevehiclewilltumble end overend. But whenyoudrive acrossanincline,the much morenarrowtrackwidth(thedistance between the left and rightwheels)maynotpreventthevehiclefrom tiltingand rolling over. Also, drivingacrossaninclineputsmoreweight on the downhillwheels. This couldcauseadownhillslideorarollover.
Surfaceconditions can beaproblemwhenyoudriveacrossahill.Loose gravel,muddyspots,orevenwetgrass can causeyourtires to slip sideways,downhill.If the vehicleslipssideways,it can hitsomethingthat willtrip it (arock,arut,etc.)androllover. Hiddenobstaclescanmakethesteepness of theinclineevenworse.If youdriveacrossarockwiththe uphill wheels,or if thedownhillwheels drop into arutordepression,yourvehicle can tilt evenmore.

.

For reasonslikethese,youneed to decidecarefullywhether to try todrive acrossanincline.Just because the trail goesacrosstheinclinedoesn’tmean youhave to driveit. The lastvehicle to tryitmighthaverolledover.

Drivingacrossaninclinethat’s too steepwillmakeyourvehicle roll over.You could beseriouslyinjuredorkilled. If youhaveanydoubt aboutthesteepness of theincline,don’tdriveacrossit.Findanother routeinstead

Q: WhatifI’mdriving across aninclinethat’snottoosteep,but I hit someloosegravelandstart to slidedownhill.Whatshould I do? A: If you feel yourvehiclestarting to slidesideways, turn downhill.This should helpstraightenoutthevehicle and preventthesideslipping.However, a much betterway to preventthis is to getoutand“walkthecourse” so you knowwhatthesurface is likebefore you drive it.

-

4-3 1

Your Driving and the Road
Stalling on an Incline

AM440001

Ifyourvehiclestallswhenyou’recrossinganincline,besureyou(andyour passengers)getoutontheuphillside,even if thedoorthereisharder to open.Ifyougetoutonthedownhillsideandthevehiclestarts to rollover, you’llberightinitspath. Ifyouhavetowalkdowntheslope,stayoutofthepaththevehiclewilltake if itdoesrollover.

CdTION

I

A

Gettingoutonthedownhill(low)side of avehiclestoppedacrossan incline is dangerous. If thevehiclerollsover,youcouldbecrushed or killed.Alwaysgetoutontheuphill(high)side of thevehicleand staywellclearoftherolloverpath.

Driving In Mud, Sandy Snowy Or Ice
Whenyoudrivein mud,snoworsand,yourwheelswon’tget good traction. You can’taccelerateasquickly,turning is moredifficult,andyou’llneed longer braking distances. It’sbesttousealowgearwhenyou’re in mud-thedeeper themud,the lowerthe gear. In reallydeepmud,theidea is to keepyourvehiclemoving so youdon’tgetstuck. Whenyoudriveonsand,you’llsense a change in wheeltraction.But it will depend uponhowlooselypackedthesandis.Onlooselypacked sand (as

4-32

onbeachesorsanddunes)yourtireswilltend to sinkintothesand.This hasan effectonsteering,accelerating,andbraking. You maywant to reduce theairpressure in yourtiresslightlywhendriving on sand.Thiswillimprove traction. Hardpackedsnowandiceoffertheworsttire traction. Onthesesurfaces,it’s veryeasy to losecontrol. Onwetice,forexample,thetractionis so poor thatyouwillhavedifficultyaccelerating.And if you do getmoving,poor steering and difficultbrakingcancauseyou to slideout of control.
-

i Driving on frozenlakes,

ponds or rivers can bedangerous. Underwatersprings,currentsundertheice,orsuddenthaws weakentheice. Your vehiclecould fall throughtheiceandyou yourpassengers could drown.Driveyourvehicleonsafesurfaces only.

can
3

I

Driving In Water
Lightraincausesnospecial off-road drivingproblems.Butheavyraincan meanflashflooding, and floodwaters demand extremecaution. Findouthowdeepthewater is beforeyoudrivethroughit. If it’sdeep enough to coveryourwheelhubs,axles,orexhaustpipe,don’t try it-you probablywon’tgetthrough.Also,waterthatdeepcandamageyouraxle and other vehicle parts.
If thewaterisn’t too deep,thendrivethrough it slowly.Atfastspeeds,water splashes on yourignitionsystemandyourvehiclecanstall.Stallingcanalso occur if yougetyourtailpipeunderwater.And, as long asyourtailpipe is underwater,you’llneverbe able to startyourengine.Whenyou go through water,rememberthatwhenyourbrakesgetwet, it maytakeyoulonger to stop.

1 CAUTION
Drivingthroughrushingwatercanbedangerous.Deepwater can sweep yourvehicledownstream and youandyourpassengerscould drown. If it’sonlyinches deep, it can still washawaytheground fromunderyourtires,and you couldlosetractionandrollthevehicle over.Don’tdrivethroughrushingwater.

4-33

Your Driving and the Road
After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush ordebristhathascollectedontheunderbody,chassis,or underthehood.Theseaccumulationscanbea fire hazard. Afteroperation in mud orsand,havethebrakeliningscleanedandchecked. Thesesubstancescancauseglazingandunevenbraking.Checkthebody structure,steering,suspension,wheels,tires,andexhaustsystemfordamage. Also,checkthefuellinesandcoolingsystemforanyleakage. Your vehicle will require more frequent service due theMaintenanceScheduleforadditionalinformation.

to off-road use.Refer to

Driving at Night

AN450005

Nightdriving is moredangerousthandaydriving.Onereason is thatsome driversarelikely to beimpaired-byalcoholordrugs,withnightvision problems,orbyfatigue. Herearesometipsonnightdriving. Drivedefensively.Remember,this is themostdangeroustime. the Indexformoreon Don’tdrinkanddrive(See“DrunkenDriving”in thisproblem.) Adjustyourinsiderearviewmirror behindyou.

to reducetheglarefromheadlights

4-34

Sinceyoucan’tsee as well,youmayneed to slowdownandkeep morespacebetweenyou and othervehicles.It’shard to tell howfast thevehicle ahead is going just bylookingat its taillights. Slowdown,especiallyonhigher uponly so much roadahead. In remoteareas,watchforanimals.
If you’retired, pull off the road in asafeplaceandrest.

speed roads.Yourheadlights

can light

Night Vision
No one can seeaswellatnight as in thedaytime.Butas we getolder thesedifferencesincrease. A 50-year-olddrivermayrequireatleasttwice much lighttoseethesame thing atnightasa20-year-old.
as

Whatyoudointhedaytimecanalsoaffectyournightvision.Forexample, if you spend theday in brightsunshineyouarewise to wearsunglasses. Your eyeswillhavelesstroubleadjusting to night. But if you’redriving,don’twearsunglassesatnight.Theymaycutdownon glarefromheadlights,buttheyalsomakealot of thingsinvisiblethatshould remainvisible-suchasparkedcars,obstacles,pedestrians,oreventrains blockingrailwaycrossings. You maywanttoput on yoursunglassesafteryou have pulled intoa brightly-lighted service or refreshmentarea.Eyesshielded fromthatglaremayadjustmorequickly to darknessback on the road.But besure to removeyoursunglassesbeforeyouleavetheservicearea. You canbetemporarilyblinded by approachinglights.Itcantakeasecondor two,orevenseveralseconds,foryoureyestoreadjust to thedark.When youarefacedwithsevereglare(asfromadriverwhodoesn’tlowerthehigh beams,oravehiclewithmisaimedheadlights),slowdownalittle.Avoid staringdirectlyintotheapproachinglights.Ifthere is aline of opposing traffic,makeoccasionalglancesovertheline of headlights to makecertain that one of thevehiclesisn’tstarting to moveintoyourlane.Onceyouare pastthebrightlights,giveyoureyestime to readjustbeforeresumingspeed.

High Beams If thevehicleapproachingyouhasitshigh beams on,signal by flickingyours to high and then back to lowbeam.Thisistheusualsignal to lowerthe headlightbeams. If theotherdriver still doesn’tlowerthebeams,resistthe temptation to putyourhigh beams on.Thisonlymakestwohalf-blinded drivers.

4-35

Onafreeway,useyourhighbeamsonly in remoteareaswhereyouwon’t impairapproachingdrivers. In someplaces,likecities,usinghighbeamsis illegal. Whenyou follow anothervehicleonafreeway orhighway,uselowbeams. True,mostvehiclesnowhave day-night mirrorsthatenablethedriver to reduceglare.Butoutsidemirrorsarenot of thistype and highbeamsfrom behind canbotherthedriverahead.

A Few More Night Driving Suggestions
Keepyourwindshieldand all theglass on yourvehicleclean-inside and out. Glare at night is mademuchworsebydirton the glass.Even the inside of theglasscan build up afilmcausedby dust. Tobaccosmoke also makes insideglasssurfacesveryfilmy and can be avisionhazard if it’s left there. Dirtyglassmakeslightsdazzleandflashmorethancleanglasswould, makingthepupils of youreyescontractrepeatedly. You mightevenwant to keepa cloth and some glass cleanerinyourvehicle if youneed to clean your glass frequently. Remember that yourheadlights light upfarlessof in aturnorcurve. Keepyoureyesmoving;that

a roadwaywhen you are

way, it’seasier to pickoutdimlylightedobjects.

Justasyourheadlightsshould be checkedregularlyforproperaim, youreyes be examinedregularly.Somedriverssufferfromnight blindness-theinability to see in dimlight-andaren’tevenaware

so should
of it.

4-36

Driving in the Rain

r

AM455004

Rainandwetroadscanmeandrivingtrouble. On a wet roadyoucan’tstop, accelerate or turn as wellbecauseyourtire-to-roadtractionisn’tas good as on dry roads.And, if yourtiresdon’thavemuchtreadleft,you’llgeteven less traction. It’salwayswise to goslower and becautious if rainstarts to fall whileyou aredriving.Thesurfacemaygetwetsuddenlywhenyourreflexesaretuned fordrivingon dry pavement. Theheaviertherain,theharder it istosee.Even if yourwindshieldwiper bladesare in good shape,aheavyraincanmake it harder to seeroadsigns and trafficsignals,pavementmarkings,theedge of theroad, and even peoplewalking. Road spraycanoftenbeworseforvisionthanrain, especially if it comesfromadirtyroad.

So it iswise to keepyourwipingequipment in good shapeandkeepyour windshieldwashertankfilled.Replaceyourwindshieldwiperinsertswhenthey showsignsofstreakingormissingareas on thewindshield,orwhenstripsof rubberstart to separatefromtheinserts.

4-37

Your Driving and the Road

AM455009

Drivingtoofastthroughlargewaterpuddles orevengoingthroughsomecar Try to washescancauseproblems,too.Thewatermayaffectyourbrakes. avoidpuddles.But if youcan’t,trytoslowdownbeforeyouhitthem.

CAUTION

I
of

A

Wet brakescancauseaccidents.Theywon’tworkwellinaquick stopandmaycausepulling to oneside. You couldlosecontrol thevehicle

After drivin,.hrough alargepuddleofwateroracarwash, . your brake pedal lightlv until vour brakes worknormallv.

amly

Hydroplaning
Hydroplaningisdangerous. So muchwater can buildupunderyourtiresthat they can actuallyrideonthewater.This can happen if theroad is wet enough andyou’regoingfastenough.Whenyourvehicle is hydroplaning, it haslittleornocontactwiththeroad. You mightnotbeawareofhydroplaning. You coulddrivealongforsometime withoutrealizingyourtiresaren’t in constantcontactwiththeroad. You could find outthehardway:whenyouhave to slow,turn,moveoutto pass-or if yougethitbyagust ofwind. You couldsuddenlyfindyourselfoutofcontrol. Hydroplaningdoesn’thappenoften.But it can if yourtireshaven’t much tread or if the pressureinoneor more is low. It can happen if a lot ofwater is standing on theroad. If you canseereflectionsfromtrees,telephonepoles, orothervehicles,andraindrops“dimple”thewater’ssurface,therecouldbe hydroplaning.

4-38

Hydroplaningusually happens athigherspeeds.There just isn’tahard fastruleabouthydroplaning. The bestadvice is to slowdownwhenitis raining,andbecareful.

and

Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
Turnonyourheadlights-notjustyourparkinglights-tohelpmakeyou morevisible to others.

Look for hard-to-see vehiclescomingfrombehind. You maywanttouse yourheadlightseven in daytime if it’sraininghard.
Besidesslowingdown,allowsomeextrafollowingdistance.Andbe especiallycarefulwhenyoupassanothervehicle.Allowyourselfmore clearroomahead,andbepreparedtohaveyourviewrestrictedbyroad spray. If theroadspray is so heavyyouareactuallyblinded,dropback. Don’t pass until conditionsimprove.Goingmoreslowly is betterthan havinganaccident. Useyourdefogger

if it helps.
in theIndex.)

Have good tireswithpropertreaddepth.(See“Tires”

Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze
Fogcanoccurwithhighhumidity or heavyfrost. It canbe so mildthatyou can seethrough it forseveralhundredfeet(meters).Or it mightbe so thick thatyoucanseeonlya few feet(meters)ahead. It may comesuddenly to an otherwise clear road.And it can beamajorhazard. Whenyoudriveintoafogpatch,yourvisibilitywillbereducedquickly.The biggestdangersarestrikingthevehicle ahead orbeingstruck by the one behind.Try to “read”thefogdensitydowntheroad. If thevehicle ahead startsto become lessclear or, atnight, if thetaillightsareharder to see,the fog is probablythickening.Slowdown to givetrafficbehindyouachanceto slowdown.Everybody then hasabetterchance to avoidhittingthevehicle ahead
I

4-39

Your Driving and the Road

AM459005

A patch of densefogmayextendonlyforafewfeet(meters) or for miles (kilometers);youcan’treally tell whileyou’reinit.You canonlytreatthe situationwithextremecare.
Onecommonfogcondition-sometimescalledmist or groundfog-can happeninweatherthatseemsperfect,especiallyatnight or in theearly morninginvalleyandlow,marshyareas.Youcanbesuddenlyenvelopedin thick, wethazethatmayevencoatyourwindshield. You canoftenspotthese fogpatches or mistlayerswithyourheadlights.Butsometimestheycanbe waitingfor you asyoucomeovera hill or dipintoashallowvalley.Start yourwindshieldwipersandwasher, to helpclearaccumulatedroaddirt.Slow downcarefully.

Tips on Driving in Fog
If yougetcaught in fog,turnyourheadlightsonlowbeam,even in daytime. You’llsee-andbeseen-better.Useyour foglights if yourvehiclehasthem.
Don’tuseyourhighbeams.Thelightwillbounce make up fog and reflect back at you.

off thewaterdropletsthat

Useyourdefogger. In highhumidity,evenalightbuildup of moistureonthe inside of theglasswillcutdown on youralreadylimitedvisibility.Runyour windshieldwipers and washeroccasionally.Moisturecanbuildup on the outsideglass,andwhatseems to befogmayactuallybemoistureon the outside of your windshield.

4-40

Treat dense fogasanemergency.Try to find aplace to pulloff the road. Of courseyouwant to respectanother’sproperty, but youmight need to put somethingbetweenyou and movingvehicles-space,trees,telephonepoles, aprivatedriveway,anything that removes you fromothertraffic.

If visibilityisnearzero and youmuststopbut are unsurewhetheryouare awayfromtheroad,turnyour lights on, startyourhazardwarningflasher, and sound your horn atintervalsorwhenyouhearapproachingtraffic.
Passothervehiclesinfogonly if you canseefarenough ahead to pass safely.Eventhen,beprepared to delayyourpass if yoususpectthefogis worseupahead. If othervehiclestrytopassyou,make it easyforthem.

City Driving

1

AN460003

One of thebiggestproblemswithcitystreets is theamount of trafficonthem. You’llwant to watchoutforwhat the otherdriversaredoing,andpay attention to traffic signals. Here are ways to increase your safety

in citydriving:

Know the bestway to get to where youaregoing. Try not to drive around trying to pick outafamiliarstreetorlandmark.Getacitymap and plan your trip into an unknown part of thecity just as you wouldfor a cross-country trip.

Try to usethefreeways that rim and crisscrossmostlargecities. savetime and energy.(Seethenextsection,“FreewayDriving.”)

You’ll

4-41

Your Driving and the Road
Treatagreenlightasawarningsignal. A trafficlightistherebecause thecornerisbusyenough to needit.Whenalightturnsgreen, and just beforeyoustart to move,checkbothwaysforvehiclesthathavenot clearedtheintersectionormay be runningtheredlight. Obey all postedspeedlimits. But rememberthattheyareforidealroad, weatherandvisibilityconditions. You mayneed to drivebelowthe postedlimitin bad weatherorwhenvisibilityisespeciallypoor. Pull to theright(withcare)andstopclear orhearemergencyvehicles.

of intersectionswhenyousee

Freeway Driving

AN461003

Mileformile,freeways(alsocalledthruways,parkways,expressways, turnpikes,orsuperhighways)arethesafest of allroads.Buttheyhavetheir ownspecialrules. Themostimportantadvice on freewaydrivingis:Keepupwithtrafficand keep to theright.Driveatthesamespeedmost of theotherdriversare driving.Too-fastortoo-slowdrivingbreaksasmoothtrafficflow.Treattheleft lane on afreewayasapassinglane.

Entering the Freeway
At theentrancethere is usuallyarampthatleads to thefreeway.Ifyouhave a clearview of thefreewayasyoudrivealongtheentranceramp,you shouldbegin to checktraffic.Try to determinewhere you expect to blend with the flow. If trafficislight,youmayhavenoproblem.But if it isheavy, findagapasyoumovealongtheenteringlaneandtimeyourapproach. Try
442

to mergeinto the gap at close to theprevailingspeed.Switchonyourturn signal,checkyourrearviewmirrorsas you movealong, and glanceoveryour shoulderas often as necessary.Try to blend smoothlywiththetrafficflow.

Driving on the Freeway
Onceyouare on the freeway,adjustyour speed to the posted limitor to the prevailingrate if it’sslower.Stay in the right lane unless you wanttopass.If youare on a two-lane freeway, treat therightlaneastheslowlane and the leftlane as the passing lane.
If youare on a three-lane freeway,treat the right lane astheslower-speed through lane,the middle laneasthe higher-speed through lane, and the left laneas the passing lane.

Before changing lanes,checkyourrearviewmirrors. Then useyour turn signal.Just before youleave the lane,glancequicklyoveryourshoulder to makesure there isn’tanothervehicle in your “blind” spot.
If you aremovingfromanoutside to a center laneon a freeway having morethantwolanes,makesureanothervehicleisn’tabout to move into the samespot.Lookat the vehiclestwolanesover and watchfor telltale signs: turn signals flashing, anincrease in speed,ormoving toward the edge of the lane. Be preparedtodelayyourmove.

Onceyouaremoving on thefreeway,make certain youallowareasonable followingdistance.Expect to moveslightlyslowerat night.

Leaving the Freeway
Whenyouwantto leave the freeway,move to theproperlanewell in advance.Dashingacrosslanes at the lastminute is dangerous. If you miss your exit do not,underanycircumstances,stop and backup.Drive on tothe nextexit. lane. Ideally it should be longenoughfor you to enter it atfreewayspeed(aftersignaling, of course) and thendoyour braking beforemoving onto theexitramp.Unfortunately,not all deceleration lanesare long enough-someare too shortforall the braking.Decidewhen tostartbraking. If you mustbrake on the throughlane, and if there is traffic closebehindyou,you can allowa little extratime and flash yourbrake lights (in addition to your turn signal)as extra warningthatyou are about to slow down and exit. Theexitrampcan be curved,sometimesquitesharply. The exit speed is usuallyposted.Reduceyour speed according to yourspeedometer,not to yoursense of motion.After driving foranydistanceathigherspeeds,you
At each exit point isadeceleration

4-43

maytend to thinkyouaregoingslowerthanyouactuallyare.Forexample, 40 rnph (65 km/h)mightseem like only 20 mph (30 kmlh). Obviously, this could lead toserioustrouble on arampdesignedfor 20 mph (30 kmlh)!

Driving a Long Distance
Althoughmostlongtripstodayaremade made on regularhighways. on freeways,thereare still many in some at You’ll Long-distancedrivingonfreeways and regularhighwaysisthesame ways. The triphasto be planned and the vehicleprepared,youdrive higher-than-cityspeeds, and therearelongerturnsbehindthewheel. enjoyyourtripmore if youandyourvehicleareingoodshape.Hereare sometipsforasuccessfullongtrip.

Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Makesureyou’reready. Try tobewellrested. If youmuststartwhenyou’re not fresh-suchas afteraday’s work-don’t plantomake too manymiles thatfirstpart of thejourney.Wearcomfortableclothingandshoes you can easilydrivein.
Is yourvehiclereadyforalongtrip? If youkeep it serviced and maintained, it’s ready to go. If it needsservice,have it donebeforestartingout. Of course,you’ll find experiencedandableserviceexpertsinyourvehicle’s dealershipsallacrossNorthAmerica.They’llbeready and willing to help if you need it.

Herearesomethings
e

you cancheckbeforeatrip: Is thereservoirfull?Areallwindowsclean

WindshieldWasherFluid: insideandoutside?

WiperBlades: Arethey in goodshape?

Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checkedalllevels?
Lights: Arethey all working?Arethelensesclean? Tires: Theyarevitallyimportanttoasafe,trouble-freetrip. goodenoughforlong-distancedriving?Arethetires recommendedpressure?
e

Is the tread all inflated to the

WeatherForecasts: What’s the weatheroutlookalongyourroute? Should youdelayyourtripashorttimetoavoidamajorstormsystem?
Maps: Do youhaveup-to-datemaps?

e

4-44

On the Road
Unlessyouaretheonlydriver, it is good to share the drivingtaskwith others.Limitturnsbehindthewheel to about 100 miles (160 km)ortwo hoursat a sitting.Then,either change driversorstopforsomerefreshment likecoffee, tea or soft drinksandsomelimberingup.But do stop and move around.Eatlightlyalongthe way. Heaviermeals tend to makesomepeople sleepy. Ontwo-lanehighwaysorundividedmultilanehighwaysthatdonothave controlledaccess,you’llwant to watchforsomesituationsnotusuallyfound onfreeways. Examples are:stopsignsandsignals,shoppingcenterswith directaccess to thehighway, no passing zones and schoolzones,vehicles turningleftandright off the road,pedestrians,cyclists,parkedvehicles,and evenanimals.

High way Hypnosis Is thereactuallysuchacondition as “highway hypnosis?” Or is it justplain fallingasleepatthewheel?Callithighwayhypnosis,lack ofawareness,or whatever.
There is somethingaboutaneasystretch of roadwith the samescenery, alongwiththehum of thetires on theroad,thedroneoftheengine,andthe rush of thewindagainst the vehiclethatcanmakeyousleepy.Don’tletit happen to you! If itdoes,yourvehiclecanleavetheroad in less thana second, andyou could crashandbeinjured. Whatcanyou happen. do abouthighwayhypnosis?First,beawarethat
it can

Thenhere are some tips: Makesureyourvehicle is wellventilated,withacomfortably cool interior. Keepyoureyesmoving. Scan theroad ahead and to the sides. Check yourrearviewmirrorsfrequently and yourinstrumentsfromtimetotime. This can helpyou avoid afixedstare. Wear good sunglasses in brightlight.Glarecancausedrowsiness.But don’twearsunglassesat night. Theywilldrasticallyreduceyouroverall visionat the verytimeyou need alltheseeingpower you have.
If yougetsleepy, pull offtheroad into arest,service,orparkingarea and take a nap,get some exercise,orboth.Forsafety,treatdrowsiness onthehighwayasanemergency.

As inanydrivingsituation,keeppacewithtrafficandallowadequate followingdistances.

4-45

Your Driving and the Road
Hi// and Mountain Roads

AM470001

Drivingonsteephillsormountainsisdifferentfromdriving in flat or rolling terrain. If youdriveregularlyinsteepcountry,or if you’replanning to visit there,herearesometipsthatcanmakeyourtripssaferandmoreenjoyable. (See“Off-RoadDriving” in theIndexforinformationaboutdrivingoff-road.) Keepyourvehicleingoodshape.Checkallfluidlevelsand also the brakes,tires,coolingsystemandtransmission.Thesepartscanwork hard on mountainroads. Knowhow to godownhills.Themostimportantthing to knowisthis:let yourengine do some of theslowingdown.Don’tmakeyourbrakes do it all.Shifttoalowergearwhenyougodownasteeporlonghill.That way,youwillslowdownwithoutexcessiveuseofyourbrakes.

If youdon’tshiftdown,yourbrakescouldget so hotthatthey ,,wouldn’tworkwell. You wouldthenhavepoorbraking or even n - - = V& oing down a hill. You could crash. Shift down to let your engine : 2s . -!%$assist your brakes on a steep downhill slope.

-

’=

&!&$I

I

4-46

I

h Y
e

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)orwith the ignition off is dangerous. our brakes willhave to do all the workof slowing down.They could get so hot that theywouldn’tworkwell. You could crash.Always haveyour ignition onandyour vehicle in gearwhenyougo downhill.

Knowhow to gouphill. Youmaywant to shiftdown to alowergear. Thelower gears help cool your engine and transmission, andyoucan climb the hillbetter. Stay in yourown lane when driving on two-lane roads in hills or mountains.Don’tswingwideor cut acrossthecenteroftheroad. Drive atspeedsthat let youstayinyourownlane.Thatway,youwon’tbe surprised bya vehicle coming toward youin the samelane.
It takes longer to passanother vehicle when you’re going uphill. You’ll want to leave extra room to pass.Ifa vehicle is passing youand doesn’thaveenoughroom,slowdown to makeiteasier for the other vehicle to getby.

e

e

e

Asyougoover the top ofa hill, be alert. There could besomethingin your lane, like a stalled caroran accident. You mayseehighway signs on mountainsthatwarn of special problems. Examplesarelonggrades, passing or no-passing zones,a falling rocks area, or winding roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.

e

Winter driving can present special problems. See “Winter Driving” in the Index.

4-47

Your Drivina and the Road
Parking on Hills
Hillsandmountainsmeanspectacularscenery.Butpleasebecarefulwhere you stop if you decidetolook at theviewortakepictures.Lookfor orparkingareasprovidedforscenicviewing. pull-offs

AM470005

Anotherpart of thismanualtellshow to useyourparkingbrake(see“Parking Brake” in the Index).Butonamountain or steephill, you can do one more thing. You canturnyourfrontwheels to keepyourvehiclefromrolling downhill or outintotraffic.Here’s how: Parking Downhill
I

AM47001 0

Turn your wheels to theright.
4-48

You don’thave to jamyourtiresagainstthecurb, contact is all youneed.

if thereisacurb.

A gentle

Parking Uphill

AM470015

If there is a curb, turn yourwheels to the left if thecurb is attherightside of your vehicle.

AM470020

If you’regoing uphill on a one-way street and you’reParking on the left side, yourwheelsshould point to the right.

4-49

Your Driving and the Road

.i P

J

AM470024

If thereisnocurbwhenyou’reparkinguphill,turnthewheelstotheright.
If there is no curbwhenyou’reparkinguphillontheleftside street,yourwheelsshouldbeturned to theleft.

of a one-way

Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission) If youareparkingona hill andyoudon’tshiftyourtransmissioninto P (Park)properly,theweight of thevehiclemayputtoomuchforceonthe parkingpawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficult to pulltheshiftlever out of P (Park).Thisiscalledtorquelock. To preventtorquelock,always be sure to shiftinto P (Park)beforeyouleavethedriver‘sseat. To findout how, see“Shifting Into P (Park) in theIndex.”
When you areready to drive,movetheshiftleverout youreleasetheparkingbrake.

of P (Park) BEFORE

If “torque lock” does occur,youmayneed to haveanothervehiclepush yours a little uphill to takesome of thepressurefromthetransmission, youcanpulltheshiftleverout of P (Park).

so

4-50

Winter Driving

AN480001

Here are some tips for winter driving: Haveyourvehicle mix is correct. in good shapeforwinter. Be sureyourenginecoolant

Snowtires can help in loose snow, but theymaygiveyoulesstraction on ice than regulartires. If youdonotexpecttobedriving in deep snow, butmayhave to traveloverice,you maynotwant to switch to snowtiresatall. You maywant to putwinteremergencysupplies in yourvehicle. Includean ice scraper,asmallbrushorbroom,asupplyofwindshield washerfluid,arag, some winterouterclothing,asmallshovel,aflashlight,a redcloth, and acouple of reflectivewarningtriangles. And, if youwillbe drivingundersevereconditions,includeasmallbag of sand,apiece of old carpet or acouple of burlap bags tohelpprovidetraction. Be sureyou properlysecuretheseitems in yourvehicle.

Driving on Snow or Ice
Mostofthetime,thoseplaceswhereyourtiresmeettheroadprobablyhave good traction. However, if there is snow or ice betweenyourtiresand the road,youcan haveaveryslipperysituation. You’ll havealotlesstractionor“grip”andwill needtobeverycareful.

4-51

Your Driving and the Road

AM480016

What’stheworsttimeforthis?“Wetice.”Verycoldsnoworicecan be slick and hard todrive on. But wet icecan be evenmoretroublebecause it may offertheleasttraction of all. You canget“wetice”whenit’saboutfreezing (32°F; 0°C) andfreezingrainbegins to fall.Try to avoiddriving on wetice untilsaltandsandcrewscangetthere. Whateverthecondition-smoothice,packed,blowingorloosesnow-drive withcaution.Accelerategently. Trynot to breakthefragiletraction. acceleratetoofast,thedrivewheelswillspinandpolishthesurfaceunder thetiresevenmore.
If you

Your antilockbrakesimproveyourabilitytomakeahardstoponaslippery road.Eventhoughyouhavetheantilockbrakingsystem,you’llwant to begin stoppingsoonerthanyouwouldondrypavement.See“Antilock” in the Index. Allowgreaterfollowingdistanceonanyslipperyroad. Watchforslipperyspots. The roadmightbefineuntilyouhitaspot that’scoveredwithice. Onan otherwiseclearroad,icepatchesmay appearin shaded areaswhere the suncan’treach:aroundclumps of trees,behindbuildings,orunderbridges.Sometimesthesurfaceofa curveoranoverpassmayremainicywhenthesurroundingroadsare clear. If youseeapatchoficeaheadofyou,brakebeforeyou are on it. Try nottobrakewhileyou’reactuallyontheice,andavoid sudden steeringmaneuvers.

4-52

If You’re Caught in a-Blizzard

AM400028

If youarestoppedbyheavysnow,youcouldbe in aserioussituation. You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you knowforsurethatyouare nearhelpand you canhikethroughthe snow. Here aresomethingsto do to summon help and keepyourself and yourpassengerssafe:Turnonyour hazardflashers.Tieared cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you’ve been stoppedbythesnow.Putonextra clothing orwrapablanketaround you. If youhavenoblankets or extraclothing,makebodyinsulatorsfrom newspapers,burlapbags,rags, floor mats-anythingyoucanwraparound yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
You canruntheengine
to keepwarm,butbecareful.

L A U I IVN
A

A

Snow can trap exhaust under vehicle. can gases your This cause deadly CO (carbonmonoxide)gastogetinside. CO couldovercome you and kill you. You can’tsee it or smellit, so youmightnotknow it is inyourvehicle.Clearawaysnowfromaroundthe base of your vehicle,especiallyanythat is blockingyourexhaustpipe.Andcheck around again from time to time to be suresnowdoesn’tcollectthere. Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that’s away fromthewind.Thiswillhelp keep CO out.

I

4-53

Your Driving and the Road

i

AM480042

Runyourengineonlyaslongasyoumust.Thissavesfuel.Whenyourun theengine,makeitgoalittlefasterthanjustidle.Thatis,pushthe acceleratorslightly.Thisuseslessfuelfortheheatthatyouget and itkeeps thebatterycharged. You willneed a well-chargedbattery to restartthevehicle,andpossiblyforsignalinglateronwithyourheadlights.Lettheheater runforawhile.Then,shuttheengineoffandclosethewindowalmostallthe way to preservetheheat.Starttheengineagainandrepeatthisonlywhen youfeelreallyuncomfortablefromthecold.But do itaslittleaspossible. Preservethefuelaslongasyoucan. To helpkeepwarm,you can get out of thevehicleanddosomefairlyvigorousexerciseseveryhalfhouror so untilhelpcomes.

lf You're Stuck in Deep Snow
Thismanualexplainshow to getthevehicleout damagingit.See"RockingYourVehicle"intheIndex.

of deepsnowwithout

Recreational Vehicle Towing (Four= Wheel Drive Only)
If yourvehiclehas4-wheeldriveyoumaytow it behindanothervehicle providing,itdoesnothavetheoptionalelectronicshifttransfercase.

4-54

NOTICE
Recreationalvehicletowing is not recommended for vehicleswiththe optionalelectronicshifttransfercase because theelectronicshifthas nc neutralposition. You maytowyourvehicle ONLY if youhaveamanual transfer case.
I

Beforetowingyoushould:

-

-

1. Settheparkingbrakefirmly.

2. Placetheautomatictransmission in thelowestgear(1stgear).

in P (Park) or themanualtransmission to the

3. Firmlyattachthevehicle being towed to thetowvehicle.Refer hitchmanufacturer’sinstructions.
4. Placethetransfercase

shift lever in N (Neutral).

Shiftingthetransfercaseto N (Neutral)cancauseyourvehicleto roll even if thetransmissionis in P (Park),foranautomatic transmission, or if yourvehicleis in gear,foramanualtrans This is becausethetransfercaseoverridesthetransmissil

NOTICE
Removalofeitherpropellershaft is unnecessary.

- -

I

K

5. Releasetheparkingbrakeonlyafterthevehiclebeingtowedisfirmly attached to thetowvehicle. E

G I‘ICE

Customers should exercise

extra care whenever towing another vehicle.

I

6. Inserttheignitionkey into theignitionswitchandturn it onenotchforwardofthe “LOCK’ position.Thisplacesthekeyintothe “OFF” position, whichunlocksthesteeringcolumnwhilepreventingbatterydrain.Unlocking thesteeringcolumnwillallowforpropermovement of thefront wheelshiresduringtowing.

4-55

Your - Driving and the Road
Towing a Trailer
A

If youdon’tusethecorrectequipmentanddriveproperly,youcan lose control whenyoupull a trailer.Forexample,ifthetraileristoo heavy,thebrakesmaynotwork well-or evenatall. You and your passengerscouldbeseriouslyinjured. Pull a traileronly if youhave followedallthestepsinthissection.

1 NOTICE
I

?ulling a trailer improperly can damageyourvehicle and result in cost!! -epairs notcoveredby yo1 Lnlnrranty. Tc - trailer correc , folio\ idvice in this sectior
---‘I

Every vehicle is readyforsometrailertowing. If it was built with trailering options,asmanyare, it’s readyforheaviertrailers.Buttraileringisdifferent than just driving yourvehiclebyitself.Traileringmeanschanges in handling, durability, and fueleconomy.Successful,safetraileringtakescorrect equipment,andithas to be usedproperly. That’s the reasonforthissection. In it are manytime-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of yourpassengers. So pleasereadthissectioncarefully before you pull a trailer.

If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If youdo,herearesomeimportantpoints.
There are manydifferentlawshaving to do withtrailering.Makesure your rig will be legal,notonlywhereyoulivebutalsowhereyou’ll be driving. A goodsourceforthisinformationcanbe state or provincial police. Consider using a sway control if your trailer will weigh 2,000 pounds (900 kg) or less. You shouldalwaysuse a sway control if your trailer will weighmorethan 2,000 pounds (900 kg).You canask a hitch dealer about sway controls. Don’t tow a trailerat all during the first 500 miles (800 km)yournew vehicleisdriven. Your engine,axle, or other parts could be damaged. a trailer,don’t Then,duringthefirst 500 miles (800 km)thatyoutow driveover 50 mph (80 km/h) and don’tmake starts atfullthrottle.This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads.

4-56

Threeimportantconsiderationshave

to do withweight:

Weight of theTrailer
Howheavycanatrailersafelybe? It depends on howyou plan to use your rig.Forexample,speed,altitude,roadgrades,outsidetemperature,andhow muchyourvehicle is used to pull atrailerare all important. And, it can also depend onanyspecialequipment that youhaveonyourvehicle. You can askyourdealerforourtraileringinformation or advice, or you can write usat theaddresslisted in yourWarrantyandOwnerAssistanceInformation Booklet. InCanada,writeto: GeneralMotors ofCanada,Limited Customer Assistance Center 1908 ColonelSamDrive Oshawa,Ontario L1H 8P7

Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongueload(A) of anytrailerisanimportantweightto measure because it affects the total or gross weight of yourvehicle. The gross vehicle weight (GVW)includesthecurbweight of the vehicle,anycargoyoumaycarry in it, and thepeoplewhowillberiding in thevehicle. And if you towatrailer,you must add thetongue load totheGVWbecauseyourvehiclewillbecarrying thatweight, too. See“LoadingYourVehicle’’ in theIndex for moreinformation aboutyourvehicle’smaximum load capacity,

A

B

AN490002

Ifyou’reusinga“dead-weight”hitch, of the total loaded trailerweight(B).

the trailertongue(A)shouldweigh10% If youhavea“weight-distributing”hitch,
4-57

Your Driving and the Road
the trailertongue (A) shouldweigh 12% of the total loadedtrailerweight Afteryou’veloadedyourtrailer,weighthetrailerandthenthetongue, separately,tosee if theweightsareproper. If theyaren’t,youmaybeable to getthemrightsimplybymovingsomeitemsaround in thetrailer.
(B).

Total Weight on Your Vehicle’sTires
Be sureyourvehicle’stiresareinflatedtothelimitforcoldtires.You’llfind thesenumbersontheCertificationLabelonthedriver’sdoorlockpillar(or see“Tire-Loading” in theIndex).Thenbesureyoudon’tgooverthe limit for your vehicle.

GVW

Hitches
It’simportanttohavethecorrecthitchequipment.Crosswinds,largetrucks goingby,androughroadsareafewreasonswhyyou’llneedtherighthitch. Herearesomerules to follow:

If you’llbepullingatrailerthat,whenloaded,willweighmorethan 2,000 pounds (900 kg)besure to useaproperly mounted weight-distributing hitchandswaycontrolofthepropersize.Thisequipment is very importantforpropervehicleloadingand good handlingwhenyou’re driving.
You can towtrailersupto 2,000 pounds (900 kg) withastepbumperhitch, but if yourtrailertongue has aV-shapedfoot,yourbumpercouldbe damaged in sharpturns.Checkthedistancefromthefrontedge of the foot to themiddle of thehitchballsocket. If thedistanceislessthan 12 inches, take the foot off the trailer tongue.

4-58

Safety Chains
You should always attach chains betweenyour vehicle andyourtrailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongue of thetrailer so that the tonguewillnot drop to the road if itbecomes separated fromthehitch. Instructions about safetychainsmay be provided by the hitch manufacturerorby the trailer manufacturer.Follow the manufacturer’s recommendationfor attaching safety chains.Always leave just enoughslack so youcanturnwithyourrig.And, neverallowsafety chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes
If yourtrailerweighsmore than 1,000 pounds (450 kg) loaded, then it needs itsownbrakes-and they must be adequate. Be sure to read andfollowthe instructions for the trailerbrakes to install, adjust andmaintainthemproperly.

And: Don’t tap into yourvehicle’s brake system if the trailer’s brakesystem willusemore than 0.02 cubicinch ( 0 . 3 ~ of ) fluid fromyourvehicle’s ~ mastercylinder. If it does, both braking systemswon’tworkwell. You could evenloseyourbrakes. Will the trailerbrake parts take 3,000 psi (20 650kPa) of pressure? If not, the trailerbrakesystemmustnotbeusedwithyour vehicle.

If everything checksout this far, then make the brake fluid tap at the porton the master cylinder that sends fluid to the rear brakes. Butdon’t usecopper tubing for this. If you do, it will bendandfinallybreak off. Usesteel brake tubing.

Driving with a Trailer
Towinga trailer requiresa certain amount of experience. Before setting out for the open road, you’ll want to get to knowyourrig.Acquaintyourselfwith the feel of handling and braking with the addedweight of the trailer.And alwayskeepinmind that the vehicle youaredriving is nowagood deal longerand not nearly so responsiveasyour vehicle is byitself. Beforeyoustart,checkthetrailerhitchandplatform,safetychains,electrical connector,lights,tiresandmirroradjustment. If thetrailerhaselectricbrakes, startyourvehicleandtrailermovingandthenapplythetrailerbrakecontroller byhandtobesurethebrakesareworking.Thisletsyoucheckyourelectrical connectionatthesametime. During yourtrip,checkoccasionally to be sure that the loadissecure,and that the lights and any trailerbrakesare still working.

4-59

Your Driving and the Road
Following Distance Stayatleasttwiceasfarbehindthevehicle ahead asyouwouldwhen drivingyourvehiclewithoutatrailer.Thiscanhelpyouavoidsituationsthat requireheavybrakingandsuddenturns. Passing You’llneedmorepassingdistanceup ahead whenyou’retowingatrailer. And, becauseyou’rea good deallonger,you’llneed to go muchfarther beyond thepassedvehiclebeforeyoucanreturn to yourlane. Backing Up Holdthebottom of thesteeringwheelwithonehand.Then, to movethe trailerleft,justmoveyourhandtotheleft. To movethetrailer to theright, moveyourhand to theright.Alwaysbackupslowlyand, if possible,have someoneguideyou. Making Turns Whenyou’returningwithatrailer,makewiderturnsthannormal. Do this so yourtrailerwheelswon’tstrike soft shoulders,curbs,roadsigns,trees,or otherobjects.Avoidjerkyorsuddenmaneuvers.Signalwell in advance. Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer Whenyoutowatrailer,yourvehiclehas to haveadifferentturnsignal flasher and extrawiring.Thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflash wheneveryousignalaturnorlanechange.Properly hooked up,thetrailer lightswillalsoflash,tellingotherdriversyou’reabout to turn,changelanes, or stop.
Whentowingatrailer,thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflashfor turnseven if thebulbsonthetrailer are burnedout.Thus,you may think driversbehindyouareseeingyoursignalwhentheyarenot. It’s important to checkoccasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working.

Driving on Grades Reducespeedandshift to alowergear before youstartdownalongor steepdowngrade.If you don’tshiftdown,youmighthavetouseyourbrakes so much thattheywouldgethotand no longerworkwell.
45 mph On a longuphillgrade,shiftdownandreduceyourspeedtoaround (70 km/h) to reducethepossibility of engine and transmissionoverheating.

D whentowinga Ifyouhaveanautomatictransmission,youshoulduse heat trailer.Operatingyourvehicle in D whentowingatrailerwillminimize buildup and extendthe life of yourtransmission.Or, if youhaveamanual transmissionwithfifthgear,it’sbetter not to usefifthgear,justdrive in fourth gear(or,asyouneed to, alowergear).

4-60

Parking on Hills You reallyshouldnotparkyourvehicle,withatrailerattached,onahill.If somethinggoeswrong,your rig couldstart to move.People can beinjured, andbothyourvehicleandthetrailercanbedamaged.
But if youeverhave to parkyourrigonahill,here’show to do it:
P (Park)yet,orintogear
1. Applyyourregularbrakes,butdon’tshiftinto

foramanualtransmission.
2. Havesomeoneplacechocksunderthetrailerwheels.

3. Whenthewheelchocksareinplace,releasetheregularbrakesuntilthe chocksabsorb the load.
4. Reapplytheregularbrakes.Thenapplyyourparkingbrake,andthen shift to P (Park),or R (Reverse)foramanualtransmission. 5. If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehiclewithamanualtransfercaseshift lever, be surethetransfercaseis in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral).

6. Releasetheregularbrakes.

A

It can be dangerous to getoutofyourvehicle if theshiftlever is not L fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can * roll.

If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure yourvehicle.won’tmove, evenwhenyou’re on fairlylevelground, use thestepsthatfollow,
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewith a manualtransfer case shiftlever and your transfer case is in N (Neutral), your vehicle will be free to roll,even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park). So .be surethetransfer case is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral). If you are parking on a hill, or if you’repulling a trailer,see also “ParkingOnHills” in the Index.
I

When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill
1. Applyyourregularbrakesandholdthepedaldownwhileyou:

Startyourengine. Shiftintoagear; and Releasetheparkingbrake.

4-6 1

Your Driving and the Road
2. Let uponthebrakepedal.

3. Driveslowly until thetrailer is clear of thechocks.

4. Stopandhavesomeonepickupandstorethechocks.

Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehiclewillneedservicemoreoftenwhenyou’repullingatrailer.See theMaintenanceScheduleformoreonthis.Thingsthatareespecially importantintraileroperationareautomatictransmissionfluid(don’toverfill), engineoil,axlelubricant,belt,coolingsystem, and brakeadjustment.Each theseiscoveredinthismanual,andtheIndexwillhelpyou find them quickly.Ifyou’retrailering,it’sagoodidea to reviewthesesectionsbefore you start your trip. Checkperiodically to seethatallhitchnutsandboltsaretight.

of

Trailer Light Wiring
See“TrailerWiringHarness” in theIndex. it whenyour

Power Winches
If you wish to useapowerwinchonyourvehicle,onlyuse vehicleisstationaryoranchored.
IW

m w -

en operating a power winch on your vehicle always leave thc ansmission in theneutralposition. Do notleave an automatic ansmission in P (Park)oramanualtransmission in gearor tht nsmissionmay be damaged. Usetheregularbrakes,settheparkingbrakeorblockthewheels yourvehiclefromrolling.

I
to keep

4-62

PmMems on the Road
:'-?

I

Section

Here you'll find what to doaboutsomeproblemsthatcanoccur

on the road. 5-3

5-2 Hazard Warning Flashers ...........................,.,....................................................... Other Warning Devices .......................................................................................... Jump Starting ............................................................................................ Towing Your Vehicle ..............................................................................................

............5-3
5-7
5-15 5-16

Engine Overheating............................................................................................... 5-9

If a Tire Goes Flat ..............................................................................................
Changing a Flat Tire ...........................................................................................

Compact Spare Tire ............................................................................................ 5-28

If You're Stuck: In Sand,Mud, Ice or Snow ................................................... 5-30

5-1

Hazard Warning Flashers

AM505003

Your hazardwarningflashersletyouwarnothers.Theyalsoletpoliceknow youhaveaproblem. Your frontandrearturnsignallightswillflash off. Buttheywon’tflashifyou’rebraking.

on and

Pressthebuttonintomakeyourfrontandrearturnsignallightsflashon and off. Your hazardwarningflasherswork andeven if thekeyisn’tin. no matterwhatposition
your key is in,

5-2

To turn off theflashers,pullout

on thecollar.

When thehazardwarningflashersareon,yourturnsignalswon’twork.

Other Warning Devices
If youcarry reflective triangles, youcansetoneupattheside about 300 feet (I00 m) behind your vehicle.
of theroad

Jump Starting
If yourbatteryhasrundown,you maywanttouseanothervehicleandsome jumpercables to startyour vehicle. Butpleasefollowthestepsbelowto safely. do it

AA

Batteries can hurt you.They can bedangerousbecause: They contain acid that can burn you. They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
0

I

They contain enough electricity to bum you.

If you don’t follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you.

I NOTICE
,,,,oring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it could damageyourvehicle,even if you have a manualtransmission.And if you have an automatic transmission it won’t start that way.

I

I

To Jump Start Your Vehicle
1. Checktheothervehicle. groundsystem.

It musthave a 12-volt batterywith a negative

II theothersystemisn’t a 12-volt systemwith a negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged.

5-3

2. Getthevehiclescloseenough so thejumpercablescanreach,but be surethevehiclesaren’ttouchingeachother. If theyare, it couldcause a groundconnectionyoudon’twant. You wouldn’tbeabletostartyour vehicle,andthebadgroundingcoulddamagetheelectricalsystems.
I

A You could be injured if thevehiclesroll.Settheparkingbrakefirmly
eachvehicle.Putanautomatictransmissionin P (Park)or a - *-“t+-manualtransmissionin N (Neutral). . E*:: If youhave a four-wheel-drivevehiclewith a manualtransfercase shift be the lever, sure transfer is in case not N (Neutral).
I

1

I

3. Turn off theignitiononbothvehicles.Turn off alllightsthataren’t needed,andradios.Thiswillavoidsparksandhelpsavebothbatteries. And it could saveyourradio!

I youleave a radioon,itcouldbebadlydamaged.Therepairswouldn’t f be covered by your warrant!
4. Openthehoodsandlocatethebatteries.Findthepositive negative (-) terminalsoneachbattery.
(t) and
E

CAUTION

A
I

I I

1

Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode, People have been hurt doing this, and somehave been blinded. Use a flashlight if you need more light.

I

You don’t need to add water to the Deleo Freedom@ battery installed in everynew GM vehicle. But if a battery hasfillercaps, be sure the right amount of fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care of that first. If youdon’t,explosivegascouldbepresent. Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. Don’t get it onyou. I f you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with water and net medical helpimmediately.
If theydo,youcouldget a shock.Thevehiclescouldbedamaged,too.

I I

5. Checkthatthejumpercablesdon’thavelooseormissinginsulation.

Before you connect thecables, here aresome things you shouldknow. Positive (t)willgo to positive (t) and negative (-) will go to anegative (-) ora metal enginepart.Don’tconnect (t)to (-) oryou’llgeta shortthatwoulddamagethe battery and maybeotherparts,too.

L

CAUTION
A

Fans or other moving engine can you parts injure bad1 Keep handsawavfrommoving parts oncetheenginesarer ling.

ur

6. Connect the red positive (t) cable to thepositive (t)terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery. Use aremote positive (t) terminal if the vehicle hasone. Dead Battery ( ) t Good Battery (+)

1

II

6

PO268

7. Don’tlettheother end touch metal. Connect it tothepositive (t) terminal of the goodbattery.Usearemotepositive (t) terminal if the vehiclehasone. 8. Nowconnect the black negative (-) cable to thegoodbattery’snegative (-) terminal. Don’tlet the other end touch anything untilthenextstep.Theotherend of the negative cable doesn’t go to the dead battery.Itgoes to aheavy unpaintedmetalpartonthe engine of the vehiclewith the dead battery. 9. Attach the cable at least 18 inches (45 cm)awayfrom the dead battery, but notnearengine parts that move.The electrical connectionisjust as good there, butthechance of sparks getting back to the battery ismuch less.

5-5

Good Battery (-1

Heavy Metal Engine Part

PO167

IO. Nowstartthevehiclewiththe
awhile.
11. Try to startthevehiclewiththe

good batteryandruntheenginefor
dead battery.

If it won'tstartafterafewtries,itprobablyneedsservice.

GOOD BATTERY

QEAO BATTERY

REMOVE CABLES IN THIS ORDER
K1508

12. Removethecablesinreverseorder care that they don't touch each other

to preventelectricalshorting. or any other metal.

Take

5-6

Towing Your Vehicle
Trytohavea GM dealer or aprofessionaltowingservicetowyourvehicle. Theycanprovidetherightequipment and knowhowtotow it without damage. If yourvehiclehas been changedsince it wasfactory-new,byaddingthings like foglamps,aeroskirting, or special tires and wheels,thesethings could bedamagedduringtowing. Before you do anything, turn onthehazardwarningflashers. Whenyoucall, tell the towingservice: or thatithasthefour-wheeldrive Thatyourvehiclehasrear-wheeldrive, option. Themake,model, and yearofyourvehicle. and shiftthe

Whether you can movethe shift leverforthetransmission transfercase, if youhaveone.
If therewas an accident,whatwasdamaged.

I CAUTION
To help avoid injuryto you or others:

Neverletpassengersride Nevertowfasterthansafe

in avehiclethat

is beingtowed.

or postedspeeds.
it has been lifted bythetow

Nevertowwithdamagedpartsnotfullysecured. Nevergetunderyourvehicleafter truck.

Alwaysuseseparatesafetychainsoneachsidewhentowinga vehicle. use Never “J”T-hooks hooks. instead. Use
I

5-7

KO519

Whenyourvehicle is beingtowed,havetheignitionkey off. Thesteering wheelshouldbeclamped in astraight-aheadpositionwithaclampingdevice designedforatowingservice. Do notusethevehicle’ssteeringcolumn lockforthis.Thetransmission(eitherautomaticormanual)shouldbe in N (Neutral)andthetransfercase(eithermanualshiftorelectronicshift), if youhaveone,shouldbe in 2 WHEEL (two-wheeldrive).Theparkingbrake shouldbereleased. Don’thaveyourvehicletowedontherear(drive)wheels,unlessyouhaveto. 35 mph Ifthevehiclemustbe towed ontherearwheels,don’tgomorethan (56 km/h)orfartherthan 50 miles (80 km) oryourtransmissionwillbe damaged. If theselimitsmust be exceeded,thenthereardrivewheelshave to be supported on a dolly.
If yourvehiclehasthefour-wheel-driveoption,adolly the rear wheels when towing from the front.

MUST beusedunder

f

5-8

Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage on yourvehicleinstrumentpanel.

If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine:

r

KO714

AL
,-

Steamfroman overheated enginecan burn you badly,even if yo^ justopen the hood. Stay from engine away the if you or see hear steam coming fromit. Just turnit off and geteveryoneawayfrom thevehicle until it coolsdown.Wait llntil therP ic nn cign of steam coolant before o ning the hood.
If you drivi your keep when engineoverheated, is th iquids in can catch fire. You or others could be badlyburned.Stopyour engine if it overheats, and getout of thevehicleuntiltheengineis cool.
it

I

NOTICE

I

5-9

PmMems on the Road
I f No Steam I Coming From Your Engine: s
If you gettheoverheatwarningbutseeorhear no steam,theproblemmay notbe too serious.Sometimestheengine can getalittle too hotwhenyou: Climbalonghill on ahot day. Stopafterhighspeeddriving. Idle forlongperiodsintraffic. Tow a trailer.
If yougettheoverheatwarningwithnosign or so:

ofsteam,trythisforaminute

1. If youhaveanairconditioner, turn it off. 2. Turnyourheater to full hotatthehighestfanspeedand window as necessary. 3. If you're in atrafficjam,shift to N (Neutral).

open the

to be safe, If you nolongerhave the overheatwarning,youcandrive.Just driveslowerforabout ten minutes. If thewarningdoesn'tcomebackon,you can drivenormally. If thewarningcontinues, pull over,stop,andparkyourvehiclerightaway. Ifthere'sstillnosignofsteam,pushtheacceleratoruntiltheengine speed is about twice asfastasnormalidlespeed.Bringtheenginespeedback to normalidlespeedaftertwoorthreeminutes.Nowsee if thewarningstops. But then, if you still havethewarning,TURN OFF THEENGINE AND GET EVERYONE OUT OF THE VEHICLEuntil it coolsdown. You maydecidenot to lift thehoodbut to getservicehelprightaway.

KO715

5-1 0

Whenyoudecideit’ssafe

to liftthehood,here’swhat

you’ll see:

A. Coolantrecoverytank 9. Radiatorpressurecap C. Enginefan If thecoolantinsidethecoolantrecoverytankisboiling,don’tdoanything elseuntil it coolsdown.

KO624

The coolantlevelshouldbeat orabovethe ADD mark. If itisn’t, you may havealeakintheradiatorhoses,heaterhoses,radiator orwaterpumpor somewhereelse in thecoolingsystem.

C A I ITION
Heaterandradiatorhoses,andotherengineparts,canbevery Don’t touch them. If youdc YOU canbeburned. Don’truntheengine if ther s aleak. If youruntheengine,it loose allcoolant.That C O U L iause anenginefire,andyoucouldbe burned. Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle. hot.

I

coul~

I
I

NOTICE
Enginedamagefromrunningyourenginewithoutcoolantisn’tcoveredby your warranty. If thereseemstobeno whentheenginedoes.If engine. leak, starttheengineagain to see if the fan runs it doesn’t,yourvehicleneedsservice.Turn off the

5-1 1

Prablerns on the Road
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank If youhaven’t found aproblemyet,butthecoolantlevelisn’tator above the ADD mark,adda 50/50 mixture of clean water (preferablydistilled) and the properantifreezeatthecoolantrecoverytank. (See “EngineCoolant” in the Indexformoreinformationaboutthepropercoolantmix.)

Adding plain to cooling only water your system can be dangerous. Plainwater,orsomeotherliquid,likealcohol,canboilbeforethe propercoolantmixwill. Your vehicle’scoolantwarningsystemisset forthepropercoolantmix.With plain water, or thewrongmix,your enginecouldget too hotbutyouwouldn’tgettheoverheatwarning. Your enginecouldcatchfire and youorotherscouldbeburned.Use a 50/50 mixof clean water and aproperantifreeze.

I

I NOTICE
g

-

I

cold weather, water can freeze and crack the engineradiator,heate :ore and other parts. Use the recommended coolar...

I

You can be burned ifyou spill coolant on hotengineparts. Coolant. L contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if theenginepartsare hot enough.Don’tspillcoolant on a hot engine. When the coolant in thecoolantrecoverytankisat start your vehicle. or abovethe ADD mark,

If theoverheatwarningcontinues,there’sonemore thing youcantry. You can add thepropercoolantmixdirectlytotheradiator,but be sure the cooling systemiscoolbeforeyou do it.
I

Steam and scaldingliquidsfromahot cooling systemcanblowout and burnyoubadly.Theyareunderpressure, and if youturn the radiatorpressure cap-even alittle-theycancomeoutathigh speed.Never turn thepressurecapwhenthecoolingsystem, includingtheradiatorpressurecap, is hot. Waitforthecooling systemandradiatorpressurecaptocool if youeverhavetoturn thepressurecap.

5-1 2

KO717

How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
1. You canremove the radiator pressure capwhen the cooling system,

including the radiator pressure capandupperradiatorhose, is nolonger hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly to the left until itfirststops. (Don’t press downwhile turning the pressure cap). Ifyouhear a “hiss,” waitfor that to stop. A “hiss” means there is still some pressure left.

,

..
-

7

n
.,\

KO71 8

2. Thenkeep turning the pressure cap, but nowpushdown Remove the pressure cap.

as you turn it.

5-1 3

KO719

3. Fill theradiatorwiththepropermix,up
4. Then fill thecoolantrecoverytank

to thebase of thefillerneck.

to the ADD mark. the radiator

5. Putthecapbackonthecoolantrecoverytank,butleave pressurecapoff.

KO720

6. Starttheengineandlet

it run until youcanfeeltheupperradiatorhose getting hot.Watchoutfortheenginefan. be

7. By thistime, the coolant level inside the radiatorfillerneckmay lower.If the level is lower,addmoreofthepropermixthroughthefiller neck until the level reaches the base of thefillerneck. 5-1 4

KO721

8. Thenreplacethepressurecap.Besu-rethearrowsonthepressurecap lineuplikethis.

Engine Fan Noise
Thisvehicle has aclutchedenginecoolingfan.Whentheclutch is engaged, thefanspinsfaster to providemoreair to cool theengine. In mosteveryday drivingconditionstheclutchisnotengaged.Thisimprovesfueleconomyand reducesfannoise,Underheavyvehicleloading,trailertowingand/orhigh outsidetemperatures,thefanspeedincreaseswhentheclutchengages. So youmayhearanincrease in fannoise.Thisisnormalandshouldnot be mistakenasthetransmissionslippingormakingextrashifts. It ismerelythe coolingsystemfunctioningproperly. The fanwillslowdownwhenadditional cooling is notrequiredandtheclutchdisengages. You mayalsohearthisfan as thefanclutchdisengages. noise whenyoustarttheengine.Itwillgoaway

If a Tire Goes Flat
It’sunusualforatire to “blowout”whileyou’redriving,especially if you maintainyourtiresproperly. If airgoesoutofatire,it’smuchmorelikely leakoutslowly. But if youshouldeverhavea“blowout,”hereareafewtips aboutwhat to expect and what to do:
If afronttirefails,the flat tirewillcreateadragthatpullsthevehicletoward thatside. Take yourfoot off theacceleratorpedal and gripthesteeringwheel firmly.Steer to maintainlaneposition, then gentlybraketoastopwelloutof thetrafficlane.

to

5-1 5

A rearblowout,particularlyonacurve,actsmuchlikeaskidandmay requirethesamecorrectionyou'duse in askid.Inanyrearblowout,remove yourfootfromtheacceleratorpedal.Getthevehicleundercontrolbysteering thewayyouwantthevehicle to go. It may be verybumpyandnoisy,but youcanstillsteer.Gentlybrake to astop,wellofftheroad if possible.

If yourtiregoesflat,thenextpartshowshowtouseyourjackingequipment to changeaflattiresafely.

Changing a Flat Tire
If atiregoesflat,avoidfurthertireandwheeldamagebydrivingslowly levelplace.Turnonyourhazardwarningflashers.

to a

1 CAUTION
' A

'-

Changing-a- tire can causeaninjury. The vehicle can slip off the jack and rollover you orotherpeople. You and they- could be badly -' :red':Findalevel place tochangey tick frommoving: ;et the parking brake firmly. theshift lever in P (Park).
1
. . I .

I

I

Shift a manual transmission' to 1 (First) or .R (R&erse)rg'3
4. .Ifyouhaveafour-wheel-driv case shift lever, be sure the transfer 'case is in a drive ,gear-not in N (Neutral),

Turnofftheengine. To be evenmorecertainthevehiclewon'tmove,youcanput block, .at the front and rear of the fire farthest away from'. the .one being changed.Thatwould be thetire on theothersideofthevehicle, at theoppositeend.

5-1 6

I

n
AM545003

Thefollowingstepswilltellyouhow

to usethejackandchangeatire.

Theequipmentyou'llneedisbehindtheseat. thetruck.

Your sparetire is stowedunder

KO748

Jack Storage
Yourjack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocksarestoredbehindthefrontseats, eitheronthecenterwall or along the rightwall.
To removeyourjackcover, if youhaveone,turn the plasticwingnuttothe leftuntilyoucan pull it out.Remove the jackcover.

5-1 7

To remove the wheelblocks,jackandwheelwrench,turnthewing left. Pull the wheelblocks,jackandwheelwrench off.

- nut to the

STORAGE JACKING TOOL MODELS) (PICKUP NOTE:RESTOREJACK & TOOL COVER WHEN PROVIDED WITH VEHICLE

II

BRACKET I I I I WHEEL
A

@

‘ U

BLOCKS
KO756

JACKING STORAGE TOOL (EXTENDED CAB MODELS)

WHEEL

II

/BRACKET

\I

\WHEEL BLOCKS

’NUT
KO762

5-1 8

Spare Tire

L

I

"

KO744

Your spare tire is stored underneaththerear Underbody Carrier

of yourvehicle.

CAUTION

P

To help avoid personal injury and propertydamage,neverremoveor restowa tire fromlto astowage position underthevehiclewhile the vehicle is supportedbyajack.Alwaystightenthe tire fully against e underside of thevehiclewhenrestowing.

UNDERBODY SPARE MOUNTING

HOIST

REAR BUMPER

SPARE TIRE-

%
*RETAINER
-5
_ L .

VALVE STEM (POINTED

-

DOWN)
KO763

5-1 9

To Remove the Spare Tire

KO745

Insertthechiselend of thewheelwrench,onanangle,intothehole rearbumper.Besurethechisel end of thewheelwrenchconnectsinto hoistshaft.

in the the

1

J

KO747

Turn the wheelwrench to thelefttolowerthesparetire.Keepturning wheelwrenchuntil the sparetirecanbepulledoutfromunderthevehicle.

the

Whenthetirehasbeencompletelylowered,tilttheretaineratthe end of the cableandpullitthrough the wheelopening.Pullthetireoutfromunderthe vehicle.
5-20

Changing the Tire
Start with the jack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocks.

!

I
Rotate the jackhandle clockwise (to the right).Thatwill a little.

KO730

raise the jacklifthead

1

KO503

Beforeyoustart, block the front andrear of the tirefarthestawayfrom one being changed.Then put your spare tire near the flat tire.

the

5-2 1

Problems on the Road
Hub Caps And Wheel Nut Caps You willhave to take off hubcapsorwheel nuts.

nut caps to reachyourwheel

If youhave individual wheel nut capsthatcovereachnut,theymust be removedinorder to getthewheelnuts.Use the socketend of the wheel wrench to removethewheel nut caps.

Your wheel nut capsmay attach yourhubcap to thewheel.Remove wheel nut capsbeforeyou take off the hubcap.

these

If youhave just analuminumorplasticmoldedhubcap, pry it off with the chisel end of your wheelwrench. Some of the moldedplastichubcapshave imitation wheelnutsmolded into them.Thewheelwrenchwon’t fit these imitation nuts, so don’t try to removethemwiththesocketend of the wheel wrench.

1
PO170

Using the wheelwrench, loosen all the wheelnuts.Don’tremovethemyet.

5-22

JACK LOCATIONS

FRONT

REAR

1

LOCATE IN FRAME HOLE AS SHOWN.

LOCATE IN SPRING HANGER HOLE ASSHOWN.
PO345

Positionthejackunderthevehicle. Your vehicle has ahole in the frameneareachfrontwheel,andaholein thespringhangerneareachrearwheelfor the jack.Fitthejackintothe holenearesttheflattire.

CAUTION

A

Gettingunderavehiclewhen it isjackedup is dangerous. If the b vehicleslips off thejack, you couldbebadlyinjuredorkilled.Never getunderavehicle when it is supportedonly by ajack.

NOTICE
.. Raisingyourvehiclewiththe jack improperlypositionedwilldamage vehicleormayallowthevehicle to fall off thejack. Be sure to fitelac! lift head into theproper location before raising yourvehicl
?

1

5-23

Problems on the Road
I

KO751

Raisethevehicle by rotatingthejackhandleclockwise.Raisethevehiclefar to fit. enough off theground so thereisenough room forthesparetire

Remove all the wheelnutsandtake

off theflat tire.

5-24

Rust or on thewheel,or on to is fastened, 1- L canmakedirtwheelnutsbecomeloose theparts after which itThewheel the a time. a wheel, couldcome off and causeanaccident.Whenyouchange to removeanyrustordirtfromthe places wherethewheelattaches thevehicle. In anemergency,youcanuse a cloth or a papertowel

./

.

J

KO754

Removeanyrustor dirt from the wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces or spare wheel.Placethespareonthewheel mounting surface.

5-25

Prob/ems on the Road
Put on thesparetire.

KO755

Replacethewheelnutswiththeroundedend Tighteneachnutby hand untilthewheelis

of thenutstowardthewheel. held againstthehub.

KO757

Lowerthevehiclebyrotatingthejackhandlecounterclockwise.Lowerthejack completely.

5-26

KO758

Tightenthewheel nuts firmly in a criss-crosssequenceasshown.Remove the wheelblocks.

1/

CAUTION
l

I
I

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel can nuts cau ! thewheel to become loose and evencome off. This could leac an accident. Besure to usethecorrectwheelnuts.Ifyouhave to replacethem,besure to gettherightkind. Stopsomewhereassoonasyoucan and hav with a torquewrench to 95 ft.Ibs. (130 N.m ).

NOTICE
/heel covers won't fit on yourcompactspare. If you try to put a whee ,mer on your compactspare, you could damage the cover or the spar,.

I

,

Storing The Jack and Spare Tire
Storing The Tire in The Underbody Carrier Putthetireontheground at therear of thevehicle,withthevalvestem pointed down and to the rear.
Pullthe retaining bar through the wheel.Put the chisel end of thewheel wrench, on an angle, through theholeintherearbumper and into thehoist shaft.Turnthewheelwrenchclockwise until the tire israisedagainstthe underside of thevehicle. You willhear two "clicks"whenthe makesure. tire is secure, but pull on the tire to
5-27

Problems on the Road

r

i

KO546

Returnthejack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocks theseat.Securetheitemsandreplacethejackcover.

to theproperlocationbehind

Compact Spare (If So Equipped)
Althoughyourcompactsparewasfullyinflatedwhenthevehiclewasnew, it canloseairovertime.Checkitsinflationpressureregularly. It should be 60 psi (420 kPa).Thecompactspare is made to go up to 3,000 miles (5000 km), so youcanfinishyourtripandgetanewtirewhereyouwant. Ofcourse,it’sbest to replaceyoursparewithafull-sizetireassoon as you can. Your sparewilllastlongerand be ingoodshapeincaseyoueverneed itagain.

5-28

I NOTICE
Don’ttakeyour compact spare through an automatic car wash with guide rails. The compact spare can getcaught on therails.That c- damage the tire andwheel,and maybe other parts of your vehicle Don’tuseyour compact spareonsomeothervehicle. compactspareorwheelwithotherwheelsortires.Theywon’t spareanditswheeltogether.
And awnr mix your fit. Keepyour

I

I
Tirechains won’t fit your compact spare.Using them will damageyour -ray le ( ins ?o. In’! ;e tire chail on u r mP

ce proper -’

-

Storing a jack,a tire, or otherequipment in thepassenget compartment of thevehiclecouldcauseinjury.Inasuddel ;top 0 collision,looseequipmentcouldstrikesomeone.Storeallthese’in ?R the igz3g;$g& .. .

NOTICE
‘lee’

Don’tusetheexistinghoist to storeatirewithanaluminum coulddamagethewheel.Securethetire in thepickupbed.

5-29

Problems on the Road
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow
Whatyou don’t want to dowhenyourvehicleisstuckistospinyour wheels.Themethodknownas“rocking”canhelp you get out whenyou’re stuck,but you mustusecaution.

1 CAUTION

-

Ifyouletyourtiresspin at highspeed,theycanexplodeand you or otherscouldbeinjured.And,thetransmissionorother parts of the vehiclecanoverheat.Thatcouldcauseanenginecompartment fire or otherdamage.Whenyou’restuck,spinthewheelsas little as possible.Don’t spin thewheelsabove 35 mph (55 km/h)asshown on thespeedometer.

1 NOTICE
binning yourwheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the 3s. If youspinthewheels too fastwhileshiftingyourtransmissior and forth,youcandestroyyourtransmission.

Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out: First, turnyoursteeringwheelleftandright. That willcleartheareaaround yourfrontwheels.Thenshiftbackandforthbetween R (Reverse) and a forwardgear(orwithamanualtransmission,between 1 (First)or 2 (Second) gear and R (Reverse),spinningthewheelsas little aspossible.Releasethe acceleratorpedalwhileyou shift, and presslightly on theacceleratorpedal whenthetransmissionis in gear. If thatdoesn’tgetyououtafterafewtries, youmayneed to betowedout. Or,youcanuseyourrecoveryhooks, if your vehiclehasthem. If you do needto be towed out, see“TowingYourVehicle” intheIndex.

5-30

Using the Recovery Hooks

If you evergetstuck in sand,mud, ice orsnow,yourvehiclemay be equippedwithrecoveryhooks. The recoveryhooks are provided at the front of yourvehicle. You may need to usethem if you’restuckoff-road and need to be pulled to some place where you cancontinuedriving.

CAUTION

A

Therecoveryhooks,whenused,areunder a lot of force.Alwayspul thevehiclestraightout.Never pull on thehooks at asideways angle.Thehooks could break off andyouorothers could be injured fromthe chain or cablesnapping back.

5-3 1

w

s
A
K3589

NOTICE
deveruse therecovery hooks totow the vehicle. Ynlll jamaged and it would not be covered by warranty.

5-32

Service & Appearance Cave

Section
r

.

L
L
Here you will find information about the care ofyourvehicle . This part begins withservice and fuel information. and then it showshow to checkimportant fluid and lubricantlevels . Thereis also technicalinformationaboutyour vehicle. and a section devoted to its appearance care. Service ................................................................................................................... Checking Things Under the Hood 6-3 6-7 6-9 6-14 6-16 6-19 6-21 6-22 6-23 6-27 6-28 6-29
6-30

Fuel ........................................................................................................................ 6-4

.......................................................................

Engine Oil .......................................................................................................... Air Cleaner ....................................................................................................... Automatic Transmission Fluid ......................................................................... Manual Transmission Fluid ............................................................................. Rear Axle

Hydraulic Clutch ............................................................................................... 6-20
.........................................................................................................

Transfer Case .................................................................................................. 6-21 Front Axle......................................................................................................... Engine Coolant ................................................................................................ Power Steering Fluid ....................................................................................... Windshield Washer Fluid................................................................................. Brake Master Cylinder ..................................................................................... Replacing Brake System Parts ..........................................................................

6-1

Service & Appearance Care
Battery .................................................................................................................. 6-31 Vehicle Storage ................................................................................................... Bulb Replacement ............................................................................................... Loading Your Vehicle .......................................................................................... Tires ...................................................................................................................... Appearance Care ................................................................................................ Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ................................................................... Service Parts Identification Label 6-31 6-31 6-38 6-43 6-50 6-57

Other Maintenance Items ................................................................................... 6-34

...................................................................... 6-59 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ................................................................................ 6-59 Capacities and Specification Charts .................................................................. 6-61

6-2

Service
Your GeneralMotorsdealerknowsyourvehiclebestandwantsyou happywithit. We hope you’ll gotoyourdealerforallyourserviceneeds. You’ll getgenuineGMpartsandGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeople. We hopeyou’llwant thesemarks:
to keepyourGMvehicleallGM.GMpartshaveone

to be

of

Delco
I

K1604

Doing Your Own Service Work
If youwantto do some of yourownservicework,you’llwant to getthe properGeneralMotorsServiceManual. It tellsyoumuchmoreabouthow serviceyourvehiclethanthismanualcan. To order the properservice manual,see“ServicePublications” in theIndex.
to

YOU shouldkeeparecordwithallpartsreceiptsand list themileageand date of anyserviceworkyouperform.See“MaintenanceRecord”inthe Index.

A

A

You can be injured if you try to do servicework on avehiclewithout knowingenoughabout it. Besureyouhavesufficientknowledge,experience,andthe properreplacementpartsand tools beforeyouattemptany vehiclemaintenancetask. Besure to usethepropernuts,boltsandotherfasteners. “English” and “metric”fastenerscan be easilyconfused.Ifyou usethewrongfasteners,partscanlaterbreakorfall off. You could be hurt.

6-3

Fuel

e

m

ii i

The 8th digit ofyourVehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN)showsthecode letterforyourengine. You will find theVINatthetopleftofyourinstrument panel. (See “VehicleIdentificationNumber” in theIndex.) Useregularunleadedgasolineratedat 87 octane orhigher.Withthe 4.3L (Code W) engine,usepremiumunleadedgasolinerated at 91octaneor higherforhighpowerperformance,whentowingatrailer or withahigh payload requirement.Butwhenoperatingwithalightloadasanormal condition,youmayusemiddlegrade or regularunleadedgasolines.
ASTM D4814 in the U.S. The gasoline you useshouldmeetspecifications andCGSB3.5-92inCanada.Thesefuelsshouldhavetheproperadditives, so you should not havetoaddanything to the fuel.

In the U.S. and Canada,it’seasyto be sureyougettherightkindof gasoline(unleaded). You’ll see UNLEADED right on thepump.Andonly unleaded nozzleswill fit intoyourvehicle’sfillerneck. Be sure the postedoctane is atleast 91forpremium, 89 formiddlegrade and 87 forregular. If theoctaneislessthan 87, you maygetaheavy knocking noisewhen you drive.Ifit’s bad enough, it candamageyour engine. 6-4

+’

If you try to do your own service wok without knowing enough- about your vehicle could be damaged.

KO489

If you’reusingfuelratedat 91 octaneorhigherandyoustillhearheavy knocking,yourengineneedsservice.Butdon’tworry if youhearalittle pingingnoisewhenyou’reacceleratingordrivingupahill.That’snormal, and youdon’thave to buy a higheroctanefuel to getridofpinging. It’s the heavy,constantknockthatmeansyouhaveaproblem.
Whataboutgasolinewithblendingmaterialsthatcontainoxygen,such MTBEoralcohol? MTBE is“methyltertiary-butylether.”Fuelthat fine for your vehicle. is nomorethan as
15% MTBEis

Ethanol isethylorgrainalcohol.Properly-blendedfuelthatisnomorethan 10% ethanol is fine for your vehicle. Methanol ismethylorwoodalcohol.

Gasolines for Cleaner Air
Your useofgasolinewithdetergentadditiveswillhelppreventdepositsfrom forminginyourengine and fuel system.Thathelpskeepyourengine in tune andyouremissioncontrolsystemworkingproperly.It’s good for yourvehicle, and you’ll be doing your part for cleaner air. Manygasolinesarenow blended withmaterialscalledoxygenates.General Motorsrecommendsthatyouusegasolineswiththeseblendingmaterials, suchasMTBE and ethanol.Bydoing so, you can helpcleanthe air, especially in thoseparts of the countrythathavehighcarbonmonoxide levels. In addition,somegasolinesuppliersarenowproducingreformulated gasolines. These gasolinesare specially designedtoreducevehicle emissions.GeneralMotorsrecommendsthatyouusereformulatedgasoline. Bydoing so, youcanhelpcleanthe air, especially in thoseparts of the countrythathavehigh ozone levels. You shouldaskyourservicestationoperators if their gasolines contain detergentsandoxygenates, and if theyhavebeenreformulated to reduce vehicleemissions.

6-5

Service & Appearance Care
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If youplanondrivinginanothercountryoutsidethe U S . orCanada, unleadedfuelmay be hard to find. Do notuseleadedgasoline.Ifyouuse evenonetankful,youremissioncontrolswon’tworkwelloratall.With continuoususe,sparkplugscangetfouled,theexhaustsystemcancorrode, andyourengineoilcandeterioratequickly.Yourvehicle’sthree-waycatalytic converterandoxygensensorwillbedamaged. All of thatmeanscostly repairsthatwouldn’tbecovered byyourwarranty.
To checkonfuelavailability,askanautoclub, or contactamajoroil companythatdoesbusiness in the countrywhereyou’llbedriving.

You canalsowrite us atthefollowingaddressforadvice.Justtelluswhere you’regoingandgiveyourVehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN). GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited InternationalExportSales P.O. Box 828 Oshawa,Ontario LIH 7N1,Canada

Filling Your Tank

KO603

L

G-asolinevapor is highlyflammable. It burns violently, and#that can cause very bad injurips. Don’t smoke if you’re near -;gSoline or refuelingyourvehiclKeepsparks,flames, and slnnGnfl materials away from gasoline.

I

6-6

The fuel capis behind a hinged door on the leftside of yourvehicle. To take off thecap,turnitslowly to theleft(counterclockwise).

If you getgasoline on youandthensomethingignites it, you could bebadlyburned.Gasolinecansprayoutonyou if you open the fl filler cap too quickly.Thisspraycanhappen if yourtankisnearly full, and ismorelikely in hotweather.Open the fuel fillercapslowly and waitforany“hiss”noise to stop.

Then ut en you I noise.
I

rew tt
2

.I1 the

IV.

cap on, turn

- to the ght ur

you hear clicking a

-

Checking Things Under the Hood
I

KO605

6-7

Hood Release
To openthe hood, first pull thehandleinsidethevehicleonthelowerleft side of theinstrumentpanel.Then go tothefront of thevehicleandrelease the secondary hood release. Lift thehood,releasethehoodpropfrom its retainer and put the hood propintotheslot in thehood. Youmay have a lightthatcomesonwhenyou lift thehood.

KO606

'hingsthatburncangetonhotengine parts andstart a fire. Thest ..lclude liquids like gasoline,oil,coolant,brakefluid,windshield washer and otherfluids,andplastic or rubber. Yo11 or others could b burned.Becarefulrlottodropor e snillthinns qt will burn nntn .lot engine. Before closing thehood,besure all thefillercapsare thehood to relievepressure on thehoodprop. on properly.Then lift

Removethehoodpropfromtheslot in the hood and returnthe prop to its retainer.Then just pull the hooddown and close it firmly.

6-8

Engine Oil
It’s a goodidea to checkyourengineoilleveleverytime order to getanaccuratereading, the oilmustbewarmand

you getfuel. In the vehiclemust

beon levelground.

.

.;

.

.

,

Turn off theengineandgivetheoil a fewminutes to drainbackintotheoil pan. If youdon’t,theoildipstickmightnotshowtheactuallevel.

6-9

Service & Appearance Care

a

KO610

To CheckEngine Oil: Pulloutthedipstickandclean orcloth,thenpushitbackinalltheway.Remove lower.

it with a papertowel it again,keepingthe tip

When to Add Oil: If theoilisatorbelowthe ADD line,then you’ll need to add someoil.Butyoumustusetherightkind.Thissectionexplainswhat kind of oiltouse.Forcrankcasecapacity,see“CapacitiesandSpecifications” intheIndex.

I
I

N”HC;t
If yourengine has so much oil thatthe oil level jets above thecross-hatched area thatshows the properoperatingrange, lour engine could be damaged.

I 3on’t add toomuchoil.

I

Just fill it enoughtoputthelevelsomewhereintheproperoperatingrange. Pushthedipstickallthewayback in whenyou’rethrough.

6-1 0

KO704

What Kind of Oil to Use: Look for three things: SG

“SG” mustbeon the oil container,eitherbyitselforcombinedwith other quality designations, such as“SGICC,”“SGICD,” “SF,SG,CC”, etc. These letters showAmericanPetroleum Institute (API) levels of quality.

6-1 1

Service & Appearance Care

,.31 WEATHER

SAE low-.30

SAE 5W-30 PREFERRED

COLD WEATHER

IF NEITHER SAE 5W-30 NOR SAE 1OW-30 GRADE OILS ARE AVAILABLE, SAE 3 0 GRADE MAY BE USED AT TEMPERATURES ABOVE 40 DEGREES F (4 DEGREES C).

DO NOT USE SAE 1OW-40, SAE 2OW-50 OR AWY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
PO344

SAE 5W-30

As shownin this chart, SAE 5W-30 is best for your vehicle. However, youcanuse SAE 1OW-30 if it’sgoing to be 0°F (-18°C)orabove.

Thesenumbersonan not useotherviscosity

oil container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do oils suchas SAE 1OW-40 or SAE 2OW-50.

6-1 2

Energy Consewing II Oilswiththesewordsonthecontainerwillhelpyousavefuel. Thisdoughnut-shapedlogo(symbol) you select the correct oil. is usedonmostoilcontainers to help

You shouldlookforthisontheoilcontainer,anduse display the logo. GM Goodwrench@ oil(inCanada, for your vehicle.

only those oils that

GM EngineOil)meetsalltherequirements

Engine Oil Additives: Don’taddanything to youroil.Your somethingshould be added.

GM dealer is readytoadvise

if youthink

When to Change Engine Oil: See if anyoneofthese is truefor you:
Mosttripsarelessthan 4 miles (6 km). are lessthan 10 miles It’sbelowfreezingoutsideandmosttrips (16 km).

Theengine is at low speed mostofthetime(asindoor-to-doordelivery, or in stop-and-gotraffic). You towatraileroften. Mosttripsarethroughdustyplaces, Thevehicleisfrequentlyoperatedoff-road.
If any one of these is trueforyourvehicle,you need tochangeyour filter every 3,000 miles (5000 km)or 3 months-whichevercomesfirst.

oil and

If noneof them aretrue,changetheoilevery 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 12 months-whichevercomesfirst.Changethefilteratthefirst oil change and at every other oil change after that. If yourvehiclehas4-wheeldrive,you will havearemoteoil filter located underthehood. It is mounted to thefrontleftinnerfender,behindthe headlights.

Engine Block Heater: An engineblockheatercanbea big help if youhavetoparkoutsideinvery coldweather, -0°F (-18°C) orcolder. If yourvehiclehasthisoption,see “EngineBlock Heater” in theIndex.

6-1 3

Service & Appearance Care

I n CAUTION

What to Do with Used Oil;

A Usedengine oil containsthingsthathavecausedskincancer

in

laboratoryanimals.Don’tletusedoilstayonyourskinforverylona Cleanyourskinandnailswithsoap and water,oragood hand cleaner. merlv awav Wash throw cloth I or rags conk na usedenaineoi Used oil canbearealthreat to theenvironment. If youchangeyourownoil, be suretodrainallfree-flowingoilfromthefilterbeforedisposal.Don’tever dispose of oil byputting it in thetrash,pouring it ontheground, into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Instead,recycle it bytaking it toa place that collects used oil. If you haveaproblemdisposing of your used oil,ask yourdealer,aservice station oralocalrecyclingcenterforhelp.

Air Cleaner

KO618

To removetheroundaircleanerfilterforthe 2.5L (VIN A), 2.8L (VIN R), and 4.3L(VIN 2) engines, turn thewingnutcounterclockwise.Removethecover and changethefilter.Careshould be takenduringreassembly to ensurethat the coveris on straightandthewingnutproperlytightened.
To removethesquareaircleanerfilterforthe4.3L(VIN W) highperformance engine,loosen both wingnuts(one on theductandoneonthecover).

6-1 4

I
PO267

Lift the aircleanerassembly upfromthevehicle.Openbothclamps and lift off cover to change the filter.Whilereassemblingtheaircleanerassembly, ensure that the air cleaner cover tabs are fully inserted into the slots in the aircleanerhousing,the two wingscrews are secure, and the PCV airtubeis properlyseated in thelefthandvalvecover. RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhentoreplacetheair cleanerfilter.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in theIndex.

Operatingtheenginewiththeaircleaner off cancauseyouorothers to beburned. The aircleanernotonlycleanstheair, it stopsflame if theenginebackfires.If it isn’tthere,andtheenginebackfires,you couldbeburned.Don’tdrivewith it off, andbecarefulworking on theenginewiththeaircleaner off.
I

NOTICE

6-1 5

Service & Appearance Care
Automatic Transmission Fluid
When to Check and Change: A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid level is when the engine oil is changed.Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determinewhen to changeyourfluid.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in the Index.

How to Check: Becausethisoperationcan be a little difficult,you maychoose to have this doneat a dealershipServiceDepartment.
If youdoityourself, be sure to follow all the instructionshere,oryou get a falsereadingon the dipstick.
could

Waitatleast 30 minutes before checkingthetransmission fluid level if you havebeendriving: Whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove
At high speedforquite

90°F (32°C).

a while. in hot weather.

In heavytraffic-especially While pulling a trailer.

To get the rightreading,the fluid mustbeatnormaloperatingtemperature, which is 180°F to 200°F (82°C to 93°C). To checktransmissionfluidhot: Getthevehiclewarmedup by driving about 15 miles (24 km)whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove 50°F (10°C). If it’scolderthen 50°F (IOOC), drive the vehicle in D (3rdgear) until the temperaturegagemoves and then remainssteadyfortenminutes.Then follow the hotcheckprocedures.
To check transmission fluid cold: A cold checkismadeafterthevehicle has been sitting for eight hours ormorewith the engine off and is used only as a reference.Lettheenginerunat idle forfiveminutes if outside temperaturesare 50°F (10°C) ormore. If it’scolderthan 50°F (IO%), you fluid is mayhave to idle theenginelonger. A hotcheckmustfollowwhen added during a cold check.

6-1 6

To checkthefluidhot
Placetheshiftleverin

or cold:

Parkyour vehicle on a level place.

P (Park) with the parkingbrakeapplied.

Withyour foot on the brakepedal,movetheshiftleverthrougheach gearrange,pausingforabout three seconds in eachrange.Then, positionthe shift leverin P (Park). Lettheenginerunatidlefor three minutesormore.

Then,withoutshutting

off theengine, follow thesesteps:

.. .

NO031

1. Pulloutthedipstickandwipeitwith

a clean rag orpapertowel.

PO164

6-1 7

Service & Appearance Care
If youhavea4.3Lengine,youwillhaveaflip-tophandle.Flipthe handleupandthenpulloutthedipstickandwipe it cleanwith a ragor paper towel.
2. Push it backinalltheway,waitthreesecondsandthenpull again.Fliptophandleshouldremain in openposition.

it backout

--

PO16 5

3. Checkbothsidesofthedipstick,andreadthelowerlevel.The levelmustbeinthe COLD areaforacoldcheckor cross-hatchedareaforahotcheck. 4. Ifthefluidleveliswhereitshouldbe,pushthedipstickback way.

fluid in theHOT area or in all the

If youhaveaflip-tophandle,flipthehandledown to lock it in place. How To Add Fluid: Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhatkind of transmission fluidto use.See “RecommendedFluids and Lubricants” in theIndex.
Ifthefluidlevelis low, addonlyenoughoftheproperfluidtobringthelevel up to the COLD area for a cold checkor the HOT area for a hot check. doesn’ttakemuchfluid,generallylessthanapint.Don’toverfill. We recommendyouuseonlyfluidlabeledDEXRON@IIE,becausefluidswiththat labelaremadeespeciallyforyourautomatictransmission.Damagecausedby fluidotherthan DEXRON@lIE isnotcoveredbyyournewvehiclewarranty. Afteraddingfluid,recheckthefluidlevelasdescribedunder“How Check”. When thecorrect fluid level is obtained,pushthedipstickback way. Flipthehandledown if youhaveaflip-tophandle.
6-1 8

It

To in all the

Manual Transmission Fluid
When to Check: A good time to have it checkediswhentheengine oil is changed.However, thefluid in yourmanualtransmissiondoesn'trequirechanging. How to Check: Becausethisoperation can bealittledifficult,you may choose to have this doneata GM dealershipServiceDepartment.
Ifyou do ityourself,besure getafalsereading.
to followalltheinstructionshere,oryoucould

Too muchor too littie fluid can damage yourtransmission. Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot exhaust parts, startingafire. Be sure to get an accuratereadingifyoucheckyour

is off, thevehicleisparkedona Checkthefluidlevelonlywhenyourengine levelplace and thetransmission is cool enough foryou to restyourfingers onthetransmissioncase.
Then, follow these steps:

PO336

1. Removethefillerplug. 2. Checkthatthelubricantlevel is up to thebottom of thefillerplughole. 3. If the fluid level is good, installtheplug andbe sure it is fullyseated. If the fluidlevel is low, addmore fluid asdescribed in thenextsteps.

6-1 9

Service & Appearance Care
How to Add Fluid: Here’show to add fluid.Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determine what kind of fluid to use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in the Index.
1. Remove the fillerplug.

2. Add fluid at thefiller plug hole. Add onlyenoughfluid plug hole. levelup to thebottomofthefiller 3. Installtheplug.Besure
it is fullyseated.

to bringthe fluid

Hydraulic Clutch
The hydraulicclutch in yourvehicleisself-adjusting. A slightamountofplay [I14 (6 mm)-1/2 inch (13 mm)]inthepedal is normal.

When to Check and What to Use:

PO257

RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften you shouldcheck the fluid level in your clutch mastercylinderreservoirandwhat to add.See “OwnerChecks and Services”and“RecommendedFluidsand Lubricants” in the Index. How to Check: Theproper fluid shouldbeadded if the level doesnotreachthebottom thediaphragmwhenit’s in placeinthereservoir.Seetheinstructionsonthe reservoir cap.
of

6-20

Rear Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant: Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehow often to check the lubricant and when to change it. See “Scheduled MaintenanceServices”in the Index.

How to Check Lubricant:

If thelevel is below the bottom of thefiller plug hole,you’llneed to add somelubricant.Addenoughlubricant to raise the levelto the bottom of the filler plug hole.

What to Use: RefertotheMaintenanceScheduleto determine whatkind of lubricant to use.See“RecommendedFluids and Lubricants” in theIndex.

Four- Wheel Drive
Mostlubricant checks in this section also applytofour-wheeldrivevehicles. However,theyhave two additional systems that need lubrication.

Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant: Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determinehow often tocheckthe lubricant.See“PeriodicMaintenance Inspections” in theIndex.

6-2 1

Service & Appearance Care
How to Check Lubricant:

KO997

If the level is belowthebottom of thefiller plug hole,you’ll need to add somelubricant. Add enoughlubricanttoraise the level tothebottom of the filler plug hole.

What to Use: RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhat kind of lubricantto use.See“RecommendedFluids and Lubricants”intheIndex.

Front Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant: Referto the MaintenanceScheduletodetermine how oftentocheckthe lubricant and when to changeit.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices” the Index.
in

6-22

How to Check Lubricant:
I

1

I

KO998

If thelevelisbelowthebottom somelubricant.

of thefillerplughole,you’llneed

to add

Ifthedifferential is atoperatingtemperature(warm),addenoughlubricantto raisethelevel to thebottom of thefillerplughole.
If thedifferential is cold,addenoughlubricant (1 2 mm) below the filler plug hole.

to raisethelevel

to 1/2 inch

What to Use: RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhat kind of lubricant to use.See“RecommendedFluids and Lubricants” in theIndex.

Engine Coolant
Thefollowingexplainsyourcoolingsystemand how to add coolantwhenitis low. If youhaveaproblemwithengineoverheating,see“Engine Overheating” in theIndex. The proper coolant for your vehicle will: Givefreezingprotectiondown to -20°F (-29°C) or -34°F (-37°C) for Canadianvehiclesandvehicleswiththecoldclimateoption. Give boiling protectionup to 258°F (125°C). Protectagainstrust Letthewarning and corrosion. Helpkeeptheproperenginetemperature.
lights andgagesworkastheyshould.

6-23

Service & Appearance Care
What to Use: Useamixture of clean water (preferablydistilled)andantifreezethatmeets “GMSpecification6038-MI”whichwon’tdamagealuminumparts. Also use GMEngineCoolantSupplement(sealer)withacompletecoolantchange. If youusethese,youdon’tneedtoaddanythingelse.

I CAUTION
Addingonlyplainwater to yourcoolingsystemcanbedangerous. Plainwater,orsomeotherliquidlikealcohol,canboilbefore the propercoolantmixwill. Your vehicle’scoolantwarningsystemisset forthepropercoolantmix.Withplainwaterorthewrongmix,your engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning. Your engine could catch fire andyouorotherscouldbeburned.Use a 50/50 mixof cleanwaterandaproperantifreeze.

I

NOTICE
If youuseanimpropercoolantmix,yourenginecouldoverheatand Dadly damaged.Ther nuch water in themix :ore andotherDarts. b r

I

L

Someconditions,suchasairtrapped in thecoolingsystem,canaffectthe coolantlevel in theradiator.Checkthecoolantlevelwhentheengine is cold andfollowthestepsunder“AddingCoolant”fortheproperway to add coolant.
If youhavetoaddcoolantmorethanfourtimesayear,haveyourdealer check your cooling system.

6-24

Adding Coolant
-

r
A

f, 3

KO625

To CheckCoolant: Whenyourengine is cold, thecoolantlevelshould be at ADD, or a little higher.Whenyourengine is warm,the level should beup to FULL HOT, or a little higher.
To AddCoolant: If you need morecoolant, add thepropermix coolantrecovery tank.

at the

Turningtheradiatorpressurecapwhentheengineandradiatorare hotcanallowsteam and scaldingliquids to blowout and burnyou badly.Withthecoolantrecovery tank, you will almostneverhaveto add coolant attheradiator.Neverturntheradiatorpressure cap-even a little-whentheengine and radiatorarehot. to spill it.

Add coolantmix at the recoverytank,butbecarefulnot

-

A

You canbe burned if you spillcoolant on hotengineparts.Coolant contains ethyleneglycol, and it will burn if the enginepartsare hot enough.Don't spill coolant on a hot engine.

6-25

Service & Appearance Care
Radiator Pressure Cap

KO721

‘our radiator pressure cap is a 15 psi (105 kPa) pressure-type cap and ;t betightlyinstalledtopreventcoolant loss and possibleengine nage fromoverheating.Besurethearrows on thecaplineupwith thc wetflow 1 e on radiator filler neck.

When you replaceyourradiatorpressurecap,an AC@ capisrecommended. See“ServiceReplacementPartandFilterRecommendations”intheIndex.

Thermostat Enginecoolanttemperature is controlledby a thermostatintheenginecoolant system.Thethermostatstopsthe flow of coolantthroughtheradiatoruntilthe coolantreaches a presettemperature.
When you replaceyourthermostat,an
AC@ thermostat is recommended.

6-26

Power Steering Fluid

KO626

How To Check Power Steering Fluid: Unscrew the capandwipe the dipstickwith a cleanrag.Replace the cap andcompletely tighten it.Thenremove the capagainandlookatthe fluid level on the dipstick.
When the enginecompartment is hot, the level should be atthe HOT mark. When the engine compartmentiscool, COLD mark. the level shouldbeat the FULL

What to Add: Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in the Index.

of fluid to use.

NOTICE

6-27

Sewice & Appearance Care
Windshield Washer Fluid
To Add:

PO174

Openthecaplabeled bottle is full.

WASHER FLUID ONLY. Add washer fluid until the

6-28

Brake Master Cylinder
Your brakemastercylinder

is here. It is filled with DOT-3 brake fluid.
1

d

PO175

There are onlytworeasonswhy the brakefluid level in yourmastercylinder mightgodown.The first is that thebrake fluid goesdown to anacceptable levelduringnormalbrake lining wear.Whennewliningsareput in, the fluid levelgoesbackup.Theotherreasonisthatfluid is leakingout of thebrake system.If it is, you should haveyourbrakesystemfixed,since a leakmeans thatsooner or lateryourbrakeswon’tworkwell,orwon’tworkatall.
So, itisn’t a good idea to“top off” yourbrake fluid. Addingbrakefluidwon’t correct a leak.Ifyou add fluid whenyourliningsareworn, then you’llhave too much fluid when you getnewbrakelinings. You should add (orremove) brakefluid,asnecessary,onlywhenworkisdoneonthebrakehydraulic system.

you havetoomuchbrake fluid, it vrlll ;he engir,,. The fluic will burn if the engine is hot enough. You orothers could be burned, and yourvehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid onlywhenwork isdoneonthebrakehydraulicsystem.
uuII
I

Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determinewhentocheckyourbrake fluid.See“PeriodicMaintenance Inspections” in theIndex.

6-29

Service & Appearance Care
To Check Brake Fluid: You cancheckthebrakefluidwithouttaking off thecap.Justlookatthe windows on thebrakefluidreservoir.Thefluidlevelsshouldbeabove theyaren’t,haveyourbrakesystemchecked to see if thereisaleak. Afterwcrk is doneonthebrakehydraulicsystem,makesurethelevelsare above MIN and belowthe top of eachwindow.
What To Add Whenyoudoneed brake fluid,useonly DOT-3 brakefluid-suchasDelco Supreme l l @ (GM Part No. 1052535).Usenewbrakefluidfroma sealed container only.

MIN. If

I NOTICE
4

DOT 5 silicone brake fluid can damageyourvehicle.Don’t

use it.
i

- Don’tletsomeone put in the wrong kind of fluid.Forexample,jus1 few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts so badly that they’ll have be replaced.
Brake fluid can damagepaint, so be careful not to spill brake your vehicle.

--

d on

Replacing Brake Sysi-m Parts
The brakingsystemonamodernvehicle is complex. Its manyparts have to be of topqualityandworkwelltogether if thevehicleis to havereallygood braking.Vehicleswedesignandtesthave top-quality GMbrakeparts in them,asyourvehicledoeswhen it is new.Whenyoureplace parts of your braking system-forexample,whenyourbrakeliningsweardown and you havetohavenewonesput in-besure yougetnewgenuineGM replacementparts. If youdon’t,yourbrakesmaynolongerworkproperly.For example, if someoneputs in brakeliningsthatarewrongforyourvehicle, the balancebetweenyourfrontandrearbrakescanchange,fortheworse. The braking performanceyou’vecome to expectcanchangeinmanyotherways if someoneputs in thewrongreplacementbrakeparts.

FIuid Leak Check
Afterthevehiclehas been parkedforawhile,inspectthesurfaceunderthe vehicleforwater, oil, fuel orotherfluids.Waterdrippingfromtheair Ifyounotice fuel leaks conditioningsystemafter it hasbeenusedisnormal. orfumes,thecausesshouldbefoundandcorrectedatonce.

6-30

Battery
Everynew GM vehicle has aDelco Freedom battery. You neverhave to add watertooneofthese.Whenit’stimeforanewbattery,werecommenda Delco Freedom battery.Getonethat has thecatalognumber shown onthe originalbattery’slabel.

Vehicle Storage
If you’renotgoingtodriveyourvehiclefor 25 daysormore,take off the black,negative (-) cablefromthebattery.Thiswillhelpkeepyourbattery fromrunningdown.

CAUTION
A

t

i

I

Batterieshave acid that can burnyou and gasthatcanexplode. You I can be badlyhurt if youaren’tcareful.See“JumpStarting” in the Index for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt.

Contactyourdealer to learnhow to prepareyourvehicleforlongerstorage periods.For more information,contactyourdealer’sservicedepartment,or write to: AdistraCorporation 171 HamiltonStreet Plymouth, MI 48170
In Canada,write to: GeneralMotors ofCanada,Limited CustomerServicesDepartment Oshawa, Ontario LIJ 5Z6 Canada

Bulb Replacement
Halogen Bulbs

CAUTION

/i
I

Halogen bulbs havepressurizedgasinside andcan burst if you drop orscratchthebulb. Youor others could beinjured.Takespecial car€ handling when and disposing of halogen bulbs. 1 off and the

Beforeyoureplaceanybulbs,besurethatallthelightsare engineisn’trunning.

6-31

Service & Appearance Care
Headlights

KO993

1. Removethefourscrewsfromtheheadlightretainer. 2. Pulltheheadlight out andremovetheretainer. 3. Unplugtheheadlight. 4. Plug in the new bulbandput it inplace. 5. Installtheretainer to theheadlight. 6. Installthescrews. Front Parkingnurn Signal Lights

I

1. Reachunderandbehindthe

parkinghrn signallightassembly.

6-32

2. Turn the socket counterclockwise and pull itout.
3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and pull it out of the socket.
4. Put the new bulb in the socket and turn it clockwise until it is tight.

5. Put the socket back into the assembly and turn the socketclockwise until it locks in place.

Rear Lights

1

- -1 -Y

L.
.

c

KO635

1. Open the tailgate. 2. Remove the screwsfrom the light assembly.

3. Pull the assemblyawayfrom

the fender. the socket hasatab,

4. Turn the socket counterclockwise to removeit.If

push the tab in while you turn the socket.
5. Turn the bulb counterclockwise toremove it.

6. Put the new bulb into the socket and turn the bulb clockwise. 7 . Put the socket into the light assemblyandturn it locks in place.
8. Install the light assemblyandscrews.

the socket clockwise until

9. Close the tailgate.

6-33

Service & Appearance Care
Other Maintenance Items
Hydraulic Clutch Grease Fitting
Ifyouhavethe 4.3L (VIN code Z) enginewith a manualtransmission, a greasefittingisontheclutchhousingforlubricatingtheclutchfork ball stud. Refer to theMaintenanceScheduleforinformationonhowtolubricatethe clutchhousing, and whattype of lubricanttouse. Besure not to over-fill becauseyoucoulddamageyour clutch.

Front Suspension and Steering Linkage
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften fittings and whattype of lubricant to use. to lubricate the

Front Wheel Bearings (Two-Wheel Drive)
If yourvehicleistwo-wheeldrive,ithaswheelbearingsthatmust and repacked.
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule done. to determinehowoftenthismust be cleaned be

Single Belt Accessory Drive
Your newvehicleuses a serpentinebeltthatislighter,andmoredurablethan systemswithseveralbelts.
A tensioner is used The beltrunsoveroraroundthepulleysontheengine. tokeepthebelttightat all times.Thetensioneralsomakesreplacingthe belteasier. If you needtoreplacethe belt, besuretoget the correct replacementbelt. Your dealership or partssuppliercanhelpyouwith this. TheAccessoryDriveBeltRoutinglabel on yourvehicle will show you howto routethebeltyourvehicle uses.

6-34

Windshield Wiper Blade Inserts

To replaceyourwindshieldwiperbladeinserts, lift thewiper arm awayfrom thewindshield.Pinchthe two tabs on thewiperarm and slide theinsertout of theblade.Slidethenewoneinplace.Makesurethetabsarelockedinto position.

Air Conditioning
Everynow and thenhaveyourdealershipcheckyourairconditioningsystem to besureithasnotlostanycoolingability. If youthinkthesystem is not workingproperly,haveyourdealershipcheckitoutassoon as possible. The airconditioningwillnotworkwhenthetemperatureisbelow 40°F (4°C).

Lubrication
Accelerator Control System Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftentheaccelerator linkagepivotpointsmustbelubricatedandwhattype of lubricant to use.
Acceleratorcables and cruisecontrolcablesshouldnotbelubricated. cablesthatarewornor are hardtopullshouldbereplaced. Whencleaningtheenginecompartmentwithwaterorsteam,avoiddirecting theflowontothethrottlelinkage in amannerthatwouldcausemoisture enter the cables. Any

to

6-35

Service & Appearance Care
Hood Latches and Hood Hinge Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowtolubricate latch and hood hingeassembly.
the hood

Propeller Shaft Slip SplinesAJniversal Joints RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoftentheslipand universaljointsmust be lubricatedandwhattype of lubricant to use. Body Normaluse of your vehicle will cause metal-to-metal wear the cab andbody iftheyarenotlubricated.
at some points on

For exposedsurfaces,such as doorchecks,doorlockbolts,lockstriker plates,dovetailbumperwedges, etc., a thinfilm of engine oil shouldbe applied.
Where oil holesareprovided in thebody or cab, a driplessoilcan be used. a Theseatadjustersandseattrackshouldbelubricatedwithchassisgrease.

Door weatherstripsandrubberhoodbumpersshouldbewipedcleanwith wet cloth andlightlycoatedwith a rubberlubricant.
Neveruse too muchofanylubricantandbesure lubricant when you are finished.

to wipeupanyextra

Windowregulators and controlsareinsidethedoors.Theyarelubricatedwith a longlastinggrease. If lubrication is requiredyourdealershouldperformthis service. Referto the MaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften itemsandwhattype of lubricant to use.

to lubricatethese

Lock Cylinders To besureyourlocksoperateproperly,theymustbelubricated.
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften and whattype of lubricant to use.

to lubricate them

You shouldnotusepenetratingoilsbecausetheycouldwashoutthefactory installedlubricantandcausethelocktobind.De-icerswhichcontainalcohol couldalsowashawaythelubricant, so besure to lubricatethelockafter using a de-icer of this type.

Tailgate Handle Thetailgatehandlepivotpoints thehandleworkingsmoothly.

on yourvehicleshouldbelubricatedtokeep

6-36

Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoften andwhattype of lubricant to use.

to lubricate them

Exhaust System
To helppreventdamage to @.R ‘exhaustsystem,donotconunuetodrive yourvehicle if younotice:
Engine misfiring

Loss of performance
Otherunusualoperatingconditions Have yourengine and exhaustsystemservicedregularly.

Three-Way Catalytic Converter Yourvehicle’sthree-waycatalyticconverter is designed to reducethe pollutantsinyourvehicle’sexhaust.Useonlyunleadedfuel in yourvehicle. If youuseleadedfuel,you could damageyourthree-waycatalyticconverter, andotherenginecomponents.
The MalfunctionIndicator(SERVICEENGINE SOON) lamponyour instrument panel lets you know whenyouremissionsystemneedsservice. The light willcomeonbrieflywhenyoustartyourengine to letyouknow thatthesystemisworking.If it doesnotcomeonwhenyoustartyour engine, or if it comes on and stays on whileyou’redriving,yoursystemmay needservice. Your vehicleshouldstillbedriveable,butyoushouldhaveyour systemservicedright away.

6-37

Service & Appearance Care
Loading Your Vehicle
‘MFb8 Y GENERAL MOTORSCORP

L

TAI

rl l

. .

. ..

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION .. .

K3651

The CertificationEire label is found on the driver’sdoor lock pillar. The label shows the size of youroriginal tires and the inflationpressuresneeded to obtain the grossvehicleweightcapacity of yourvehicle.Thisiscalled the GVWR(GrossVehicleWeightRating).TheGVWRincludes the weight of the vehicle,alloccupants, fuel and cargo. The Certificationnire labelalso tells youthemaximumweightsfor the front and rearaxles,calledGrossAxleWeightRating(GAWR). To find out the actual loads on yourfrontandrearaxles,you need to gotoaweighstation and weighyourvehicle. Your dealercanhelpyouwiththis. Be sure to spread outyour load equally on both sides of the centerline. NeverexceedtheGVWRforyourvehicle,ortheGross (GAWR) for either the front or rear axle. Axle WeightRating

And, if you do have a heavyload, you shouldspread it out.

A

I

In case of asuddenstoporcollision,thingscarried in the bed of yourtruck could shiftforwardandcomeintothepassenger area, injuringyou or others. If youputthingsinthebed of yourtruck,you should sure are make theyproperly secured.

6-38

Do not load yourvehicleanyheavierthanthe GVWR orthe maximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts on yourvehicle canbreak,oritcanchangethewayyourvehiclehandles.These could cause you to lose control. Also, overloadingcanshortenthe life of your vehicle. Usingheaviersuspensioncomponents to get added durabilitymightnot changeyourweight ratings. Askyourdealertohelp you load yourvehiclethe right way.

.
Your warranty does overloading.
I

cover parts

Components tl

anything else-theywillgo as fastasthevehiclegoes. If youhave to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, they’llkeepgoing.

CAUTION

I
and injure people in a

-

Things you put insideyourvehiclecanstrike sudden stop or turn, orin a crash. Putthingsinthe weightevenly.

cargo area of yourvehicle. Try tospreadthe

Neverstackheavierthings,likesuitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsomeofthemareabovethe tops of theseats.

I
Payioad

Whenyoucarrysomething wheneveryoucan. Don’t leave

inside thevehicle,secure
to.

it

a seat folded down you unless need

The PayloadCapacityisshown on the CertificationRire label.Thisisthe maximum load capacitythatyourvehiclecancarry.Besure to includethe weight of the people insideaspart ofyourload. If youaddedany accessories or equipmentafteryourvehicleleftthefactory,rememberto subtracttheweight of thesethingsfromthe payload. Your dealercanhelp you with this.

6-39

Service & Appearance Care
Trailering Package
If yourvehiclecomeswiththeTraileringPackage,thereisalsoaloadrating whichincludestheweightofthevehicle and thetrailer it tows.Thisratingis calledtheGrossCombinationWeightRating(GCWR).

of everythingyou Whenyouweighyourtrailer,besuretoincludetheweight put in it. And,remember to figuretheweightofthepeopleinsideaspart of yourload. Your dealercanhelpyoudetermineyourGCWR.

GROSSCOMBINATIONWEIGHTRATING (GCWR)

Add-on Equipment
Whenyoucarryremovableitemsyou peopleyoucarryinsideyourvehicle. youbuyandinstallthenewequipment. may need to put alimit on howmany Be suretoweighyourvehiclebefore

6-40

Truck-Camper Loading lnformation

Printeii i U.S.A. n

LIEP

Pt.

No. 15696350

PO338

Openyourglovebox

and look for this label:

Thislabelwill tell you howmuch of a load yourvehicle can carry,andhow to spreadoutyour load the right way. Also, it willhelpyoumatch the right slide-in camper to your vehicle. When YOU carrya slide-in camper,the total cargo load ofyourvehicleis weight of thecamper, plus: everythingelseadded to thecamperafteritleftthefactory; everything in the camper;and all the people inside. TheCargoWeightRating(CWR) is themaximumweight of the load your vehiclecancarry. It doesn’tincludetheweight of the people inside.But,you canfigureabout 150 pounds for each seat. The total cargo load mustnot be more than yourvehicle’sCWR. the

6-41

Service & Appearance Care
TRUCKLOADINGINFORMATION EXAMPLEOFPROPER TRUCK ANDCAMPERMATCH

1. Recommended location for cargo

center of gravity for cargo weight rating (Pickup Truck}. Note: Use rear edge of load floor for measurement purposes.

1. Camper center of gravity. 2. Recommended center of gravity
*

location zone. Refer to Truck Camper Loading Information label in glove box for “A” and “B” dimensions.

PO254

The camper’scenter of gravityshould fall withinthecenterofgravityzonefor yourvehicle’scargoload. You mustweighanyaccessories,trailerhitches or otherequipmentyou add toyourvehicle.Then,subtractthisextraweightfromtheCWR.Thisextra weight may shorten the center of gravityzoneforyourvehicle. Your dealer canhelpyouwiththis. If yourslide-incamper and itsloadweighlessthantheCWR,thecenter gravityzoneforyourvehiclemaybelarger.

of

Your dealer can helpyoumakeagoodvehicle-campermatch.He’llalsohelp you determine your CWR. ATkryou’veloadedyourvehicleandcamper,driveto a weighstation and weighonthefrontandrearwheelsseparately.Thiswill tell youtheloads on youraxles.Theloadsonthefrontandrearaxlesshouldn’tbemore than either of the GAWRs. The total of theaxleloadsshouldnotbemorethan theGVWR. Open yourdriver’sdoor and lookatthedoorlockpillarforthe Certificationrrire label to find outyourGWARandGVWR. Ifyou’vegoneoveryourweightratings,moveortakeoutsomethings until all theweights fall belowtheratings. Of course,youshouldalwaystiedown anylooseitemswhenyou load yourvehicleorcamper. Whenyouinstallandloadyourslide-incamper,checkthemanufacturer’s instructions.

6-42

If youwant more information oncurbweights,cargo weights, cargoweight rating andthe correct center of gravityzoneforyour vehicle, yourdealercan help you. Justaskfor a copy of “Consumer Information, TruckCamper Loading.”

Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab
GeneralMotors is aware that somevehicleownersmayconsider having the pickup boxremovedandacommercialor recreational bodyinstalled.Before you do so, first contact the GM Zone Office foryour area for information on such conversions. (Seethe“WarrantyandOwner Assistance” booklet for ZoneOffice.)Owners should beaware that, as manufactured, there are differences betweena chassis cabanda pickup with the boxremovedwhich mayaffect vehicle safety.Thecomponentsnecessary to adapt the pickup to permit itssafeuse with a specialized body should be installed by a body builderinaccordancewith the information available from the Zone Office.

Tires
We don’tmaketires. Yournew vehicle comeswith high quality tires madeby a leading tiremanufacturer.Thesetiresare warranted by the tire manufacturers and their warrantiesare delivered with everynewvehicle.If your spare tire is a different brand than your road tires, youwillhave a tire warranty folder from each of these manufacturers.

I/

Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous. ’ Overloading your tires cancause overheating as a result of too *:&c‘? much friction. You could havean air-out and a serious accident. pp i , See “Loading Your vehicle” in the Index. $. -i&

danger lerloaaed tires. Underinflated tires F e the same The resulting accident could cause serious injury.Checkall tires frequently to maintain the recommendedpressure.Tirepressure should be checked your when tires are cold. ,LzL%p;.t-:*;,:~ Ls m::r=::. Overinflated tires are more likely to becut, punctured, orbroken bysuddenimpactsuchaswhen VOI ‘lit a u ?. Keeo tires at .: ,: mmended pre! re. =. _ % . 3 Worrt, old tires cancause accidents. Ifyour tread is badly’=;worn, or if your tires havebeendamaged, replace them.
~

I

-.’ > , . -

Don’tdriveover 85 mph (135 km/h) even if it’s legal, unlessyou have the correct high speed rated tires.

6-43

Service & Appearance Cam
Inflation-Tire Pressure
The Certification/Tirelabel,whichisonthedriver’s door lockpillar,showsthe correctinflationpressures for yourtires,whenthey’recold.“Cold”meansyour vehiclehasbeensitting for atleastthreehours or drivennomorethana mile.

1 NOTICE
Ion’t let anyone tell you
that:

underinflation or overinflation is all

rinhtIt’c

Too much heat

e

f

Y(
0

Unusualwear Bad handling Rough ride Needlessdamagefromroadhazards.
.2

When to Check: Checkyourtiresoncea month or more.Don’tforgetyour compact sparetire(if so equipped). It shouldbeat 60 psi (420 kPa).

How to Check:Usea good qualitypocket-typegagetochecktirepressure. Simplylookingatthetireswillnottellyouthepressure,especially if you haveradial tires-which maylookproperlyinflatedeven if they’re underinflated.
If yourtireshavevalvecaps,besuretoput preventleaksbykeepingoutdirtandmoisture.
them backon.They help

Tire lnspection and Rotation
To makeyourtireslastlonger,havetheminspectedandrotatedatthe mileagesrecommendedintheMaintenanceSchedule.SeeScheduled MaintenanceServices in theIndex.

6-44

J

K2655

Use this rotationpattern. Do notinclude“compactspare equipped.

tire” in rotation, if so

Ifyourvehiclehasfront tires withdifferent load ratingsor tread designs(such as all season vs. onloff road)thanthereartires,don’trotateyourtiresfront torear. If youhavestyledsteel or aluminumwheels,yourspareis appearancewillnotmatchyourotherwheels. full-sized, but its

Afterthetireshave been rotated, adjust the front and rearinflationpressure asshownon the CertificationRire label.Makecertainthat all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See“WheelNutTorque”intheIndex.

I

Rustordirt on a wheel,oron the parts to which it is fastened,can b makethewheelnutsbecomelooseafter a time.Thewheel could come off and causeanaccident.Whenyouchange a wheel,remove anyrust or dirt fromplaceswherethewheelattaches to thevehicle. In an emergency, you can use a cloth or papertowel to dothis; but be sure to use a scraperorwire brush later, if you need to, to get alltherustor dirt off. (See“Changing a FlatTire” in the Index.)

6-45

Service & Appearance Cam
When It’s Time for New Tires

TREAD WEAR INDICATORS

K1656

Onewayto tell whenit’stimefornew indicators, whichwillappearwhenyour less of treadremaining. You needanew tire if:

tires is tocheckthetreadwear tires haveonly 2/32 inch (1.6 mm)or

You canseetheindicatorsatthreeplacesaroundthetire. You cansee cord orfabricshowingthroughthetire’srubber. The tread or sidewalliscracked,cutorsnaggeddeepenoughto cord or fabric. The tirehasabump,bulgeorsplit. The tire hasapuncture,cut,orotherdamagethatcan’tbe because of thesizeorlocation of the damage. repaired

s

Buying New Tires
To find outwhat kind andsize of tiresyouneed, look attheCertification/Tire label.The tires installed onyourvehiclewhen it wasnewhadaTire PerformanceCriteriaSpecification(TPCSpec)number on eachtire’ssidewall. Whenyougetnewtires,getoneswiththatsameTPCSpecnumber.That way, yourvehiclewillcontinuetohavetiresthataredesigned to giveproper endurance,handling, speed rating,traction,ride and otherthingsduring normalservice on yourvehicle. If yourtireshave an all-seasontreaddesign, theTPCnumberwillbefollowedbya “MS” (for mudandsnow).

6-46

If you everreplaceyour tires with those not having a TPCSpecnumber, make sure they arethe same size, load range, speed ratingandconstruction type (bias, bias-belted or radial)asyouroriginaltires.

1
I

*

Mixing tires could cause you to lose control whiledriving. If you mix tires ofdifferenttypes(like radial and bias-belted tires)thevehicle maynot handle properly,andyou could have a crash.Besureto use the samesize and type tires on all fourwheels. It’s allright to drivewithyourcompactspare(ifyouhaveone). was developed foruseonyourvehicle.
It

Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the system developed by the United StatesNationalHighwayTrafficSafetyAdministrationwhichgrades tires by treadwear, traction and temperatureperformance.(Thisappliesonlyto vehicles sold intheUnitedStates.)

Treadwear Thetreadweargradeis a comparativerating based onthewearrate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernmenttest course.Forexample, a tire graded 150 wouldwearone and a half ( 1 4 2 ) timesaswell on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100. Therelative performance of tires dependsupon the actualconditions of their use, however, and maydepartsignificantlyfrom the normdue to variationsin driving habits,servicepractices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.
Traction-A, B, C The traction grades,fromhighesttolowestare: A, B, and C. Theyrepresent the tire’sability to stop on wetpavementasmeasuredundercontrolled conditions on specifiedgovernmenttestsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C mayhavepoortractionperformance.

Warning:The traction grade assigned tothis tire isbasedonbraking (straight-ahead) traction tests and doesnotincludecornering (turning) traction.
Temperature-A, B, C Thetemperaturegradesare A (the highest), 6,and C, representingthetire’s resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipateheatwhen tested under controlled conditionson a specifiedindoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhightemperaturecan cause the material of thetiretodegenerate and reduce tire life, and excessivetemperaturecan lead tosudden tire
6-47

Service & Appearance Care-.
failure.Thegrade C corresponds to alevel of performancewhich all passengercartiresmustmeetundertheFederalMotorVehicleSafety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigherlevels of performanceon the laboratorytestwheelthan the minimumrequiredby law. Warning:Thetemperaturegradeforthistireisestablishedfora tire that is properlyinflated and notoverloaded.Excessivespeed,underinflation,or excessiveloading,eitherseparately or in combination,cancause heat buildup and possible tire failure. Thesegradesaremolded on thesidewalls of passengercartires. While the tiresavailableasstandard or optionalequipment on GeneralMotors vehiclesmayvarywithrespect to thesegrades,allsuchtiresmeetGeneral Motorsperformancestandards and have been approvedforuse on General Motorsvehicles. All passengertype (P Metric) tires mustconformtoFederal safetyrequirements in addition to thesegrades.

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
Thewheelsonyourvehiclewerealignedandbalancedcarefullyat the factorytogiveyouthelongest tire life andbestoverallperformance. In mostcases,youwillnot need tohaveyourwheelsalignedagain. However, if younoticeunusualtirewearoryourvehiclepullingonewayor theother, the alignmentmay need tobereset. If younoticeyourvehicle vibratingwhendrivingonasmoothroad,yourwheelsmayneed to be rebalanced.

Wheel Replacement
Replaceanywheelthatisbent,cracked or badlyrusted. If wheelnutskeep coming loose, thewheel,wheelbolts, and wheelnutsshould be replaced. If thewheelleaksairout,replace it (exceptsomealuminumwheels,whichcan sometimes be repaired).Seeyour GM dealer if any of theseconditionsexist. Your dealerwillknowthekindofwheelyouneed. Eachnewwheelshouldhavethesame load carryingcapacity,diameter, width,offset,andbemountedthesamewayastheone it replaces.
If youneedtoreplaceany ofyourwheels,wheelbolts,orwheelnuts, replacethemonlywith new GMoriginalequipment parts. This way, you will besureyouhavetherightwheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnutsforyour vehicle.

6-48

I

CAUTION

4

Usingthewrongreplacementwheels,wheel bolts, or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous. It could affect the braking and handling of yourvehicle,makeyour tires loseair and makeyoulose control. You could have a collision in whichyou or otherscould be injured. Always use thecorrectwheel,wheelbolts,andwheel nuts for replacement.

I

NOTICE
I

Thewrongwheelcanalsocause trouble withbearinglife,brakecooling, ;peedometer/odometer calibration, headlightaim,bumperheight,vehicle ground clearance,andtire or tire chain clearance to thebody and chassis.

I
I

I CAUTION
~

Used Replacement Wheels
Putting a used on vehicledangerous. wheel your is You can’t know how it’sbeenused orhowmany milesit’sbeendriven.Itcouldfail suddenlyandcause an accident. If youhave to replace a wheel,ua new GM original equipmentwheel.

A

1

Tire Chains

I NOTICE
If yourvehiclehas P235/75R15 or LT2 chains; theycan dz ige yourvehicle. ‘ou otl have slze tires, use tire chams ung SHE Class “S’ Type chains that are the proper size foryourtires.Install [hem on the drive axle (4-wheel drive vehicles can usechains on both axles)tires and tighten themastightlyaspossiblewiththeendssecurel, fastened. Drive slowly and followthe chain manufacturer’sinstructions. If --u canhearthechains contacting yourvehicle, stop and retighten them 11the contact continues, slowdownuntil it stops. Driving too fast vi+‘:hains onwilldamageyourvehicle.

I

6-49

Service & Appearance Care
Appearance Care

KO640

I -

..

Cleaning products can be dangerous. Some are toxic. Others can burst into flame if you strike amatchorgetthemona hot part of thevehicle.Somearedangerous if youbreathe their fumes in a closed space.Whenyouuse anything inacontainer to clean your vehicle,besure to follow the instructions. Andalwaysopenyour doors orwindowswhen you're cleaning the inside.
r use these to clean yourvehicle:

I

4

4

4
4

&&
% L%.,

cg

4

3arbon Tetrachlor ketone nt Thinner Turpentine ,acquer Thinner Nail Remover Polish

6-50

NOTICE
I

Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle
Useavacuumcleaneroftentogetrid aclean,dampcloth.

of dustandloosedirt.Wipevinylwith

Your GM dealerhastwo GM cleaners-asolvent-typespotlifter and a foam-type powdered cleaner.Theywillcleannormalspotsandstainsvery well. Herearesomecleaningtips: Alwaysreadtheinstructionsonthecleanerlabel. Clean up stainsas soon asyoucan-beforetheyset. Useaclean cloth orsponge, and change to acleanareaoften. brushmaybeused if stainsarestubborn. Usesolvent-typecleanersin a wellventilatedareaonly.Ifyouusethem, don’t saturate the stained area.
A soft

If a ring formsafterspotcleaning,cleantheentireareaimmediatelyor willset. Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
Vacuumandbrushtheareatoremoveanyloosedirt. Alwaysclean a wholetrimpanelorsection.Masksurroundingtrimalong stitch or welt lines. MixMulti-PurposePowderedCleanerfollowingthedirectionsonthe container label. Usesudsonly and applywithacleansponge. Don’tsaturatethematerial. Don’trub it roughly. As soon asyou’vecleaned suds. the section,useasponge to removethe

it

6-51

Service & Appearance Cam
Rinsethesectionwitha clean, wet sponge. or cloth. Wipeoffwhat’sleftwithaslightlydamppapertowel Thendryitimmediatelywithanairhose,ahairdryer

or a heat lamp.

m
Becareful ith ahairdryer
or heat lamp. You could scorch the fa1

Wipe a cloth. with clean

Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric First,see if youhave to usesolvent-type cleaner atall.Somespotsand stains willcleanoffbetterwith just waterandmildsoap.
If youneed to useit,then:

Gentlyscrapeexcess soil fromthe trim materialwitha clean, dull knife or scraper.Usevery little cleaner, light pressure andclean cloths (preferablycheesecloth).Cleaning should start at the outside of the stain, “feathering” toward the center.Keepchanging to a clean section of the cloth. Whenyoucleanastainfromfabric,immediatelydrythe area withanair hose,hairdryer, or heat lamp to helppreventacleaningring.(See previous NOTICE.)

Special Cleaning Problems Greasy or OilyStains: Likegrease,oil,butter,margarine,shoe polish, coffee withcream,chewinggum,cosmeticcreams,vegetableoils,waxcrayon,tar andasphalt.
Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain. Thenfollow the solvent-type instructionsabove. Shoe polish, waxcrayons,tarandasphalt will stain if leftonavehicle seat fabric.They should beremovedassoonaspossible.Becareful, becausethecleanerwilldissolvethemand maycausethem to bleed.

Non-GreasyStains: Like catsup, coffee (black),egg,fruit,fruitjuice,milk, soft drinks,wine,vomit, urine and blood. Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain,thensponge the placewith cool water. If astainremains,followthe foam-type instructions above.

6-52

If anodorlingersaftercleaningvomitorurine,treattheareawitha water/bakingsodasolution: 1 teaspoon (5 ml) of bakingsoda to 1 cup (250 ml)oflukewarmwater.

Finally, if needed, clean lightlywith solvent-type cleaner.

Combination Stains: Likecandy,icecream,mayonnaise,chilisauceand unknown stains.
Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain, then cleanwithcoolwaterandallow dry. If astainremains,cleanitwithsolvent-typecleaner. to

Cleaning Vinyl or Leather Justusewarmwater and acleancloth.
Rubwithaclean,dampcloth more than once. to removedirt. You mayhave to do it

Thingsliketar,asphaltandshoepolishwillstain if youdon’tgetthem off quickly.Useacleanclothandsolvent-typevinyllleathercleaner.

Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel Useonly mild soapandwatertocleanthetopsurfaces of theinstrument panel.Sprayscontainingsiliconesorwaxesmaycauseannoyingreflectionsin thewindshieldandevenmakeitdifficult to seethroughthewindshieldunder certainconditions. Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry.

A

L

b

I

Do notbleachordyesafetybelts. If you do, it mayseverelyweaken them.Inacrashtheymightnotbeabletoprovideadequate protection.Cleansafetybeltsonlywithmildsoapand lukev m water.

Glass Glass should becleanedoften.GMGlassCleaner(GMPart No. 1050427) or aliquidhouseholdglasscleanerwillremovenormaltobaccosmokeanddust films.
Don’t use abrasivecleanersonglass,becausetheymaycausescratches. Avoidplacingdecals on theinsiderearwindow,sincetheymayhave scrapedofflater. to be

6-53

Service & Appearance Care
Cleaning the Outside of Your Windshield and Wiper Blades If thewindshieldisnotclearafterusingthewindshieldwasher,or if thewiper bladechatterswhenrunning, waxor othermaterialmaybeonthebladeor windshield.
Cleantheoutside of thewindshieldwithGMWindshieldCleaner,Bon-Ami Powder@(GMPart No. 1050011). Thewindshieldisclean if beads do not formwhenyourinseitwithwater. Clean the bladebywipingvigorouslywithaclothsoakedinfullstrength windshieldwashersolvent.Thenrinsethebladewithwater. Wiperbladesshould be checkedonaregularbasisandreplacedwhenworn. of color,gloss

Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
Thepaintfinishonyourvehicleprovidesbeauty,depth retentionanddurability.

Washing YourVehicle The best way to preserveyourvehicle’sfinish itoftenwithlukewarmor cold water.

is to keepitclean

by washing

Don’twashyourvehicle in thedirectrays of thesun.Don’tusestrongsoaps orchemicaldetergents.Useliquidhandordishorcarwashing (non-detergent)soaps.Don’tusecleaningagentsthatcontainacidor abrasives.Allcleaningagentsshouldbeflushedpromptlyandnotallowedto dry onthesurface,ortheycouldstain. Dry thefinishwithasoft,clean chamoisor 100% cottontowel to avoidsurfacescratchesandwaterspotting. Highpressurecarwashesmaycausewatertoenteryourvehicle.

Finish Care Occasionalwaxingormildpolishing ofyour vehiclemaybenecessary removeresiduefromthepaintfinish. You cangetGMapprovedcleaning productsfromyourdealer.(See“AppearanceCareandMaterials”inthe Index.)

to

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Brightmetalpartsshouldbecleanedregularly to keeptheirluster.Washing withwaterisallthatisusuallyneeded.However,youmayuseGMChrome Polishonchromeorstainlesssteeltrim, if necessary.
Usespecialcarewithaluminumtrim. To avoiddamagingprotectivetrim,never useautoorchromepolish,steam or causticsoap to cleanaluminum. A coating ofwax,rubbedtoahighpolish,isrecommendedforallbrightmetal parts.

6-54

Aluminum Wheels (If So Equipped) Your aluminumwheelshaveaprotective coating similartothe painted surface of yourvehicle.Don’tusestrongsoaps,chemicals,chromepolish, or other abrasivecleaners on them because you could damage this coating.After rinsingthoroughly,awaxmay be applied.

If you havealuminumwheels,don’t use an automatibJehiclewash that has hard silicon carbide cleaning brushes.Thesebruchnc PSI take off +I protective coating.
i

White Sidewall Tires Your GeneralMotorsdealerhasa GM WhiteSidewallTireCleaner. You can useastiffbrush with it. Weatherstrips Theseare places whereglassormetalmeetsrubber.Siliconegreasethere willmakethem last longer,sealbetter, and notstick orsqueak.Applysilicone greasewithaclean cloth atleastevery six months. Sheet Metal Damage If yourvehicleisdamaged and requiressheetmetalrepairorreplacement, makesurethebodyrepairshopappliesanti-corrosionmaterialtotheparts repaired or replaced to restorecorrosionprotection. Foreign Material Calcium chloride and other salts, icemeltingagents, road oil and tar,tree sap, bird droppings,chemicalsfromindustrialchimneys, and otherforeign mattercandamageyourvehicle’s finish if theyremainon painted surfaces. Usecleaners that aremarkedsafefor painted surfacesforthesestains. Finish Damage Anystonechips,fracturesordeepscratchesinthefinishshould be repaired rightaway.Baremetalwillcorrodequickly and maydevelop into amajor repair expense. Minorchips and scratchescanberepairedwith touch-up materialsavailable fromyourdealerorotherserviceoutlets.Largerareas of finishdamagecan becorrected in yourdealer’sbody and paintshop. Underbody Maintenance Chemicalsusedforice and snowremovalanddustcontrolcan collect on the underbody. If thesearenotremoved,acceleratedcorrosion(rust)canoccur on theunderbody parts suchas fuel lines,frame,floorpan,andexhaust systemeventhoughtheyhavecorrosionprotection. At leasteveryspring,flush these materialsfromtheunderbodywith plain water.Cleananyareaswheremudandotherdebriscancollect.Dirtpacked
6-55

-

I

Service & Appearance Cam
in closedareas of theframeshouldbeloosenedbeforebeingflushed. dealer or an underbody vehicle washing system can do thisforyou. Your

Chemical Paint Spotting Someweatherandatmosphericconditionscancreateachemicalfallout. Airbornepollutants fall uponandattackpaintedsurfaces on yourvehicle.This damagecantaketwoforms:blotchy,ringlet-shapeddiscolorations, and small irregulardarkspotsetchedintothepaintsurface.
Althoughnodefect in thepaintjobcausesthis,GeneralMotorswillrepair,at no charge to the owner, thesurfaces ofnewvehiclesdamagedby this fallout conditionwithin 12 monthsor12,000miles (20 000 km)ofpurchase, whichever comes first.

Appearance Care Materials Chart
PART NUMBER 1050172
1050173 1050174 105021 4 1050244
1050427

SIZE 16 oz.

I

DESCRIPTION USAGE Tar and Road Removes old waxes,polishes,tar androad oil Removesrustandcorrosionon chromeandstainlesssteel Cleanswhiteandblacktires
Spotandstainremovalonleather or vinvl Spot stain and removalcloth on andfabric Glasscleaningandspotcleaning onvinyls Cleansvinylandclothondoortrim, seats,andcarpet-alsotires and mats Cleaning of vinyltops
I

I

1050429 1050729 1051055 1051398 1052870 1050201

(0.473L) 23 02. Glass Cleaner (0.680L) 6 Ibs. Multi-Purpose (2.72 Powder kg) Cleaner Vinyl Top 0.237L Cleaner 16 oz. Preservatone (0.473L) ( 8 02. ) SpotLifter 0.2371, 16 02. Wash-Wax (0.473L) (conc.) Maaic Mirror 16 oz. (0.473L) IClGner-Polish
( 8 02. )

1

I

Vinyltopdressing Spot and stainremoval on cloth andfabric Exterior cleaner and I polish , TO077

I
I

6-56

Vehicle Identification Number (VINJ

KO641

Thisisthelegalidentifierforyourvehicle. It appears on aplate in thefront corneroftheinstrumentpanel,onthedriver'sside. You can see it if you look throughthewindshieldfromoutsideyourvehicle. The VIN alsoappears ontheVehicleCertification and ServicePartslabelsandthecertificates of titleandregistration.

Engine Identification
Theeighthcharacter in yourVINistheenginecode for your 1993 GM engine.Thiscodewill help youidentifyyourengine,specifications,and replacement parts inthissection.

6-57

Service & Appearance Cam

( D

n

W

5
K
W

2

lf

m

3

c

n

PO172

6-58

Service Parts Identification Label
WHEELBASE

I Service Ports ldentificotion
VEHICLE loENTIF'C*TION NUMBER

DO NOY REMOVE
00000
E92 FLT

00000~00~000~000
ARL A02 A65

B6Y B9A EBK C60 D l 8 035 E52 E6E

0 ~ 0 0 GUl JM7

MODEL DESIGNATION OPTION CONTENT

K t 9 K64 LC3 M X lM 3 1
6BJ

NA5 NE1 Q M X V K 3 VC2 VV1 V Y 4 V73 Y 1 9 ZJ7
7BJ 8HJ 9HJ

62L

62U 67D

671 679

PAINT TECHNOLOGY ORDER NUMMR EXTERIORCOLORS

1

K2680

You'll find thislabelontheinside everneedtoorderparts.Onthislabel Your VIN. Its model designation. Paint information.

of theglove box. It'sveryhelpful is:

if you

A list of allproductionoptionsandspecialequipment.

Besurethatthislabelisnot

removed from the vehicle.

Add-on EIectricai Equipment
Don't add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer first. Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damagewouldn't be covered by yourwarranty.Jr2gT Some of it can just keep . ;" >*% other things from working as they should.
~~~~

Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Thewiringcircuits in yourvehicleareprotectedfromshortcircuitsbya combination of fuses,circuitbreakers,andfusiblethermallinksinthewiring itself.Thisgreatlyreducesthechance of firescausedbyelectricalproblems.

6-59

Service & Appearance Care
Headlights
The headlight wiring is protected byacircuitbreakerinthe light switch.An electrical overload willcause the lights to goonand off, orinsomecases to remain off, Ifthishappens,haveyour headlight wiringcheckedrightaway.

Windshield Wipers
Thewindshieldwipermotor is protected byacircuitbreakerandafuse. If the motoroverheatsdue to heavysnow, etc., the wiperwill stop until the motorcools. If the overload iscausedbysome electrical problemand not snow,etc.,be sure to getit fixed.

Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuit breakers in the fusepanel protect the powerwindowsand other power accessories. When the currentload is too heavy, the circuitbreakeropens and closes, protecting thecircuit until the problem is fixedorgoesaway.

Trailer Wiring Harness
The optional seven-wire trailer wiringharness is protected byan in-line fuse in the battery feed wire. This fuse is near the junction block. See“Trailer Wiring Harness”in the “Features & Controls” section.

Fuse Block

KO631

Thefuseblock

is in the instrument panel on the driver’sside. fuses with a

Remove the coverwith a screwdriverand then youcanremove fuse extractor.

6-60

Be sure to usethecorrectfuse. If youeverhaveaproblemontheroad don’thaveasparefuse,youcan“borrow”oneofthecorrectvalue.Justpick somefeature of yourvehiclethatyoucangetalongwithout-liketheradio cigarettelighter-anduseitsfuse, if it is of thevalueyouneed.Replace assoonas you can.See“Fuses and CircuitBreakers’’ in thissection.

and or it

Capacities and Specification Charts
Replacement Parts
Replacementpartnumbers listed inthissectionarebasedonthelatest informationavailableatthetime of printing, and aresubject to change. If a partlisted in this manual isnotthesameasthepartused in yourvehicle when it wasbuilt,or if youhaveanyquestions,pleasecontactyour GM truck dealer.

Engine Identification
t

Displace2.5L 2.8L

T Pe Y L4 V6

ENGINEDESCRIPTION VIN Engine Fuel Code System TBI* A TBI* R Z W
TBI* CPI**

Produced BY

us. us.
us.
U.S.

Emissions L.D. L.D. L.D. L.D.
TO263

Canada Mexico 4.3L V6 4.3L V6 *ThrottleBodyInjection **Central PortInjection

Wheel Nut Torque
DESCRIPTION Base orODtionalWheel TORQUE 95 ft. Ibs. (130 Nmm)

6-6 1

Service & Appearance Care
Cooling System Capacity
ENGINE A 2.5L R 2.8L Z 4.3L 4.3L W *Allquantitiesareapproximate. *After refill, the level MUST be checked. QUANTITY WithoutrearheaterVINCODE 11.5Quarts (11 Liters) 10.5 Quarts (10 Liters) 12.1Quarts(11.5Liters) 12.1 Quarts (1 1.5 Liters)
TO266

Crankcase Capacity
QUANTITY WithoutFilter ENGINEWithFilter VINCODE A 2.5L (2.8 Liters) 2.8L R 4Quarts(3.8Liters) Z 4.3L 4Quarts(3.8Liters) 4.3L w 4Quarts (3.8 Liters) *Allquantitiesareapproximate. *After refill,thelevelMUST be checked.
3.5Quarts(3.3Liters)3Quarts 4.5 Quarts(4.3Liters) 4.5 Quarts(4.3Liters) 4.5 Quarts (4.3 Liters) TO2671

Fuel Tank Capacity
QUANTITY 20 Gallons (76 Liters) 13 Gallons (50 Liters)
TO262

I Availablesome on

2WD Pickups *All quantitiesareapproximate.

I

6-62

Lamp and Bulb Data

NOTE: A PC part number indicates that the bulb and base are one assembly

Models) Indicato? Warning Brake Antilock Models) ystem Brake o? ning Brake System

(Utility

1
1

2
.7 2

PC194 PC74 PC194

6-63

Service & Appearance Care
LamD And Bulb Data

Shift Indicator (PRNDL)* TachometerWarningBand' TurnSignal Indicator' Upshift Indicator' Upshift Indicator2 'With StandardInstrumentCluster'With

I
I

1 1
2 1

I
I

I

1 Digital InstrumentCluster

I

2 2 94 .7 .7 2

I

I

I

PC194 PC1 PC74 PC74 PC194
TO384

6-64

Service Replacement Part and Filter Recommendations

T027i

Air Conditioning Refrigerant Capacity
TYPE R-12 *All Quantities AreApproximate SYSTEM C-60
QUANTITY* 2.50 Ibs. (1.134 kg)
TO365

Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Not all air conditioningrefrigerantsarethesame. If theairconditioning system in yourvehicle needs refrigerant,besuretheproperrefrigerantis used. If you’renotsure,askyour GM dealer.

6-65

Service & Appearance Care

I

Fuse Legend
10 Amp Red
15 Amp Blue

I

20 Amp Yellow 25 Amp Clear

I

30 Amp IGreen

1

CD PLAYER

AUX P W R OUTLET

L

INST PLS

P

I

IGC

BRAKE

3

P
TURN-B/U

E l
HTI

r

‘C

Y

RAI

ECM I

v

CRNK

FUS-PLR

~

PO356

6-66

Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Name Inst. Lps. Circuits Protected InstrumentPanelLights,Headlight Warning Buzzer, Tray Ash Light, Four WheelDriveIndicatorLight, Fog Light SwitchLight PowerDoorLocks,CDPlayer,Electric Shift Transfer Case Horn,DomeLights,GloveBoxLight, Clock,Lighter,LightedVanityMirror, Fog Lamp,CourtesyLights,Outside Rearview Mlrror IndicatorLights and Gages,Auto. TransmissionconverterClutch,Cruise Control,FourWheelDriveIndicator Light,SeatBeltTimer EngineControl Module StopLights,HazardWarningLights, ChimeModule LightSwitch, TaiVPark Lights,Digital Cluster,LicenseLamp TurnSignals & Backup Lights HeatingandAirConditioning Radio,InsideRearviewMirrorMap Lights EngineControlModule,FuelPump EngineControlModule Power Windows WindshieldWipersandWashers Rear Wheel AntilockBrakeModule, Speedometer DaytimeRunningLightRelay (Canada Only) TrailerWiringHarness CDPlayer ElectricShiftTransferCaseModule Aux.Pwr. Outlet(ParcelTray) Fuse 5 Amp Circuit Breaker

Pwr.Acc. Horn-DM

30 Amp

20 Amp

Ign.-Gages

20Amp

Crank Stop-Haz. Tail Lps Turn-B/U Heater/A/C Radio ECM B ECM I Pwr.Wndw. Wiper Brake DRL

3 Amp
15Amp 20 Amp 15 Amp 25 Amp 15Amp 15Amp 10 Amp
30 Amp

25Amp 15 Amp 10 Amp
30 10 5 10

Trailer* CD Player** TCCM Aux.Pwr.** *In-line fuse '*Fuse is attached to FuseBlock

Amp Amp Amp Arn~ TO264

6-67

Scheduled Maintenance Services

I
i

Section

This section covers the maintenance required for your vehicle . Your vehicle needstheseservices to retainitssafety.dependability.andemissioncontrol performance. ...fIf..ff.ilttl 7-2 ........... A Word About Maintenance .................................... =ft...T.f.ff...ff YourVehicle and theEnvironment ...................................................................... 7-2 ScheduledMaintenanceServices ........................................................................ 7-3 Selecting The Proper Maintenance Schedule ................................................. 7-3 Maintenance Schedule I ................................................................................ 7-5 Maintenance Schedule II ............................................................................... 7-7 Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Services ........................................... 7-8 Owner Checks and Services.............................................................................. 7-11 At Least Once a Month .................................................................................. 7-11 At Least Once a Year ..................................................................................... 7-11 Periodic Maintenance Inspections ...................................................................... 7-13 Recommended Fluids & Lubricants ................................................................... 7-14 Maintenance Record ........................................................................................... 7-16 Service Station Checks ....................................................................................... 7-17

I

Have you purchased the GhI Protection Plan? The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties . See your GM dealer for details.
TO248

7-1

Scheduled Mainfenance Services
A Word About Maintenance
Weat GeneralMotorswanttohelpyoukeepyourvehicle in goodworking condition. But wedon’tknowexactlyhowyou’lldriveit. Youmay drivevery short distancesonlyafewtimesaweek.Oryou maydrivelongdistances all thetime in veryhot,dustyweather. Youmay useyourvehicleinmaking deliveries.Or you maydrive it to work,to do errands,orinmanyotherways. Because of all thedifferentwayspeopleusetheirGMvehicles,maintenance needsvary. Youmay even need morefrequentchecksandreplacementsthan youwill find intheschedules in this section. So pleasereadthis section and note howyoudrive. If youhaveanyquestionsonhowtokeepyourvehicle in goodcondition, see yourGMdealer,theplacemanyGMowners choose to havetheirmaintenanceworkdone. Your dealercanbereliedupon to use proper parts andpractices.

Your Vehicle And The Environment
Propervehiclemaintenancenotonlyhelpskeepyourvehicle in goodworking condition,butitalsohelpstheenvironment. All recommendedmaintenance proceduresareimportant.Impropervehiclemaintenanceortheremoval of important components can significantly affect the quality of theairwebreathe. Improperfluidlevels or eventhewrongtireinflationcanincreasethe level of emissionsfromyourvehicle. To helpprotectourenvironment,and to help keepyourvehicleingoodcondition,pleasemaintainyourvehicleproperly.

I CAUTION

Performingmaintenancework on avehiclecanbedangerous. In tryingto do somejobs,youcanbeseriouslyinjured. Do yourown maintenanceworkonly if youhavetherequiredknow-how and the propertools and equipmentforthejob. If youhaveanydoubt,have aaualifiedtechnician do the work.

If you are skilledenoughto do someworkonyourvehicle, you willprobably want to get the serviceinformation GM publishes. You will find alist of publicationsandhow to gettheminSection 8, “CustomerAssistance Information”. See“ServicePublications”intheIndex.

The MaintenanceRecordprovidesaplaceforyou to recordthemaintenance performedonyourvehicle.Wheneveranymaintenanceisperformed, besure to write it down in this section.Thiswill help youdeterminewhenyournext maintenanceshouldbedone. In addition, it is agood idea to keepyour maintenancereceipts.Theymay be needed to qualifyyourvehiclefor warrantyrepairs.

7-2

Scheduled Maintenance Services
This parttells you themaintenanceservicesyoushouldhavedone and when you shouldschedulethem. Your GMdealerknowsyourvehiclebestand wantsyou to behappywith it. If you gotoyourdealerfor all yourservice needs, you’ll know that GM-trained and supported servicepeople will perform thework using genuine GM parts. Theseschedulesareforvehiclesthat: carrypassengersand cargo withintherecommendedlimits. these limits onyourvehicle’sCertificationLabel.See“Loading Vehicle”in the Index. You will find Your

are driven on regularroadsurfaces,andwithin legal drivinglimits,as described in Section 4, “Your Driving and the Road”. aredriven off-road in therecommendedmanner.See“OffRoadDriving With Your Four-wheel DriveVehicle”intheIndex. use the properfuel.See “Fuel” in theIndex.

Selecting The Proper Maintenance Schedule
Your driving conditions and how you useyourvehiclewillhelpyoudetermine whichscheduletouse. The schedulesare found later in this section.

MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I Is anyoneof these true for your vehicle?
Mosttripsareless than 4 miles (6 kilometers). Mosttrips are less than 10 miles (16 kilometers) and theoutside temperaturesarebelowfreezing. Theengineis at low speed most of the time(as in stop-and-go traffic, door-to-door delivery, or othercommercialuses). You operate in dustyareasor You tow a trailer. Ifanyone(ormore) chartforSchedule of these is true foryourdriving,followSchedule I hasplussigns (+).
I. The

off-road frequently.

MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II FollowSchedule II ONLY if none of the above conditionsaretrue.Thechart forSchedule II hasdots ( 0 ) .

7-3

SchedWed Maintenance Services
SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCESERVICESFOR

I Ifyourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedin“ScheduledMaintenance Services”inthisSection(orseelnde I. useMaintenanceSchedule
Miles (000) Item Kilometers No. (000) - Service 1 Engine Oil Change* -Every 3Months, or Oil FilterChange* -Every 3Months, or i ChassisLubrication-Every12Months, 2 - or ClutchForkBallStud Lubrication (4.3L 3 enginesonly) 4 CoolingSystemSewice*-Every24 - Monthsor 5 AirCleaner Filter Replacement* 6 FrontWheelBearingRepack(2WD - Only) 7 TransmissionService** 8 Fuel Filter Replacement* 9 SparkPlugsReplacement* 10 SparkPlugWire Inspection* 11 EngineTimingCheck* 12 - Fuel Tank,CapandLines Inspection* 13 - EngineAccessoryDriveBelt Inspection* 14 TireandWheelRotation 15 DriveAxleService 16 BrakeSystemsInspection** FOO rNOTES: *An :mission ControlService **See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenarceServices”

I [th

-

in theIndex TO283

7-4

MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I

THESERVICESSHOWN ON THISCHART UP TO 60,000-MILES (100 000 km) ARE TO BE DONE AFTER 60,000 MILES AT THE SAMEINTERVALS.
TO28

7-5

Scheduled Maintenance Services
SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCESERVICESFOR
Ifyourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedin“ScheduledMaintenance Services”inthisSection(orseeIndex),useMaintenanceSchedule
II (4.

Item Miles (000) 3 No. Kilometers Service (000) 5 1 Engine Change* Oil or -Every12Months, OilFilterChange* -Every12Months, or 2 Chassis Lubrication-Every Months, 12 or ClutchForkBallStudLubrication (4.3L enqinesonly)

6 10

FOOTNOTES: *An EmissionControlService **See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices”

in theIndex TO287

7-6

MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II

THESERVICESSHOWN ON THIS CHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (I00 000 km) ARETO BE DONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THESAMEINTERVALS.
T028;

7-7

Scheduled Maintenance Services
Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Services
Belowareexplanations of theservices listed in themaintenancecharts. The properfluidsandlubricants to usearelistedinthissection.Make sure whoeverservicesyourvehicleusesthese. All parts shouldbereplaced and allnecessaryrepairsdone before youoranyoneelsedrivesthevehicle.
1. ENGINEOILANDOILFILTERCHANGE* -ALWAYS USE SG OR SGlCE QUALITY,ENERGYCONSERVING II OILS OF THEPROPER VISCOSITY. To determinethepreferredviscosity oil foryourvehicle’s engine(e.g. SAE 5W-30). See“Engine Oil” in theIndex.

2. CHASSISLUBRICATION -Lubricatethefrontsuspension, ball joint, steeringlinkage,clutch,andtransfercaseshiftlinkage,parking brake cableguides,propshaftsplines,universal joints, brakepedalsprings, and clutchpedalspringsattheintervalsspecifiedon the propermaintenance schedule,or at everyengineoilchange,whichevercomesfirst. On vehicleswithouthydraulicclutches,lubricatetheclutchcrossshaftevery 30,000 miles (50 000 km). Ball joints shouldnot be lubricatedunlesstheirtemperatureis (-12°C) orhigher.Whentheweatheriscold,letthemwarmupbefore lubricatingthem or theycouldbedamaged. Also,besuretocheckallthevehicle fluid levelsatthistime.
10°F

3. CLUTCH FORK BALL STUD LUBRICATION (4.3L ENGINESONLY) -Lubricatetheclutchforkballstudthroughthefittingon the clutch housing.Lubricantmust be added“sparingly”tothefitting,asonly .0066 Ib. (.003 kg)isrequiredtolubricate the ball stud surface. Do not add lubricantmore often thantheintervalsrecommended in the Maintenance Schedules. Toomuchlubricant will damagetheclutchassembly. 4. COOLINGSYSTEMSERVICE* -Drain,flushandrefillthesystemwith newcoolant.See“EngineCoolant” in theIndexfor the propercoolant and mixturetouse in yourvehicle.

Also inspectthehoses and replacethem if theyarecracked,swollen,or
deteriorated.Tighten all hoseclamps.Cleantheoutside of theradiator andairconditioningcondenser. Wash the radiatorneck. To ensureproper operation,pressuretest the radiatorandcap.
* AnEmissionControlService

7-8

5. AIR CLEANERFILTERREPLACEMENT* -Replaceatspecified intervals.Askyourdealerfortheproperreplacementintervalsforyour drivingconditions.
6. FRONTWHEELBEARINGREPACK(2-WHEELDRIVEONLY)

-Clean

andrepack the frontwheelbearingsateachbrakerelining,oratthe specifiedinterval,whichevercomesfirst.
7. TRANSMISSIONSERVICE:

AutomaticTransmission -Change the transmissionfluidandfilterevery 15,000miles(25 000 km) if thevehicleismainlydrivenunderoneor more of theseconditions:
In heavycitytraffic. Wheretheoutsidetemperatureregularlyreaches higher. Inhillyormountainousterrain. Frequenttrailerpulling. Usessuchastaxi,police,deliveryorothercommercialservice. If the vehicleisnotusedmainlyunderany of theseconditions,change thefluidandfilterevery30,000miles (50 000 km).See“Automatic TransmissionFluid” in the Indexformoreinformation. 90°F (32°C) or

ManualTransmission -Transmissionfluiddoesnotrequireperiodic changing.
8. FUELFILTERREPLACEMENT* intervalorsooner if clogged.

-Replacethefuelfilterat

the specified

9. SPARKPLUGSREPLACEMENT* -Replacesparkplugswiththetype listed in Section 6. See“SpecificationCharts”intheIndex.

10. SPARK PLUGWIREINSPECTION* -Cleanwiresandinspectforburns, cracksorotherdamage.Checkthewireboot fit atthedistributorandat thesparkplugs.Replacewiresasneeded. -Adjusttiming 11. ENGINETIMINGCHECKANDDISTRIBUTORCHECK* to underhoodlabelspecifications.Inspecttheinsideandoutside of the distributorcapandrotorforcracks,carbontrackingandcorrosion.Clean orreplaceasneeded. 12. FUELTANK,CAPANDLINESINSPECTION* -Inspectthefueltank, capandlinesfordamageorleaks.Removefuelcap,inspectgasketfor anevenfillerneckimprint,andanydamage.Replacepartsasneeded. * AnEmissionControlService
7-9

Scheduled Maintenance Services
13. ENGINEACCESSORYDRIVEBELTINSPECTION*-Inspect

forcracks,fraying, needed.

wear,andproper

tension. Adjustorreplace

belt. Look as

14. TIREAND WHEEL ROTATIONANDINSPECTION -For properwear andmaximumtirelife,rotatetiresatthefirst 6,000 miles (10 000 kilometers)forSchedule I or 7,500 miles (12 500 kilometers) for Schedule I1 andthenevery 15,000 miles (25 000 kilometers)thereafter. FollowtheinstructionsandpatternsshowninSection 6. Check tires for unevenwearordamage.Ifirregularorprematurewear is apparent, checkwheelalignment.Also,checkfordamagedwheels.See“Tires”in the Indexformoreinformation.

15.DRIVEAXLESERVICE-Check needed.Checkconstantvelocity

rearlfront axle fluid levelandaddas joints andaxlesealsforleaking.

Lockingdifferential -Drainfluidatfirstoilchangeandrefill.Check fluidlevelandaddasneededatsubsequentoilchanges. In dusty areasortrailer towing applications,drain fluid atevery 15,000 miles (24135 kilometers)andrefill.7 Standarddifferential -Check fluidlevelandaddasneededat every oil change. In dusty areas or trailertowingapplications, fluid every 15,000 miles (24 135 kilometers)andrefi1l.t
Morefrequent lubrication mayberequiredfor off-road use. drain

16. BRAKE SYSTEM INSPECTION-When the engine oil is changed, inspect the linesandhosesforproperhookup,binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.Check the parkingbrakeadjustment,andthe fluid level in the mastercylinder. A low fluid level canindicateworndiscbrakepads whichmayneed to be serviced.t

When the wheelsareremovedforrotation,inspectdisc brake padsfor wearandrotorsforsurfacecondition. Also inspectdrumbrake linings for wearandcracks. Inspect otherbrake parts, includingdrums,wheel cylinders,parkingbrake,etc.,at the sametime.

Inspectbrakesmoreoften frequentbraking.

if driving habits or conditions result in

t A fluid loss in these systemsmayindicateaproblem.Havethem and repaired atonce.

inspected

7-1 0

Owner Checks and Services
Listed belowareownerchecksand services whichwould be made at the time period specified to help ensure proper safety, emission performance, and dependability of your vehicle. Be sure anynecessary repairs arecompletedat once. Wheneverany fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle, makesuretheyare the properones, asshown in this section.

At Least Once a Month
Tire inflation pressurecheck -Check the tires forproper inflation. Ifthey arelow, inflate them to the level specified on the Certification label. See “Inflation-Tire Pressure” in the Index.

At Least Once a Year
Key lock cylinder lubrication -Lubricatekeylock lubricants recommended in this Section.
cylinders withone of the -

Transmission neutral or clutch startswitchoperation

I

A,

When are you doing this check, the vehicle could move suddenly. I it does] youorothers could be injured. Follow the steps below. sure youhaveenoughroomaround the vehicle.

1. Before youstart,be

2. Firmly apply both the manual parking brake. and the regular brake. See “Brakes” and “Parking Brake’’ in the Index. Do not use the accelerator pedal.

3. Beready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts. 4. Onautomatic transmission vehicles, try to start the engine ineachgear. The starter should work only in P (Park)or N (Neutral).
Onmanual transmission vehicles, put the shift lever in N (Neutral), push the clutch downhalfway,and try to start the engine.The starter should work only when the clutch is pusheddownall the way to the floor.

7-1 1

Steeringcolumn lock operation -Whileparked, ineachgearshiftposition.
Withanautomatictransmission,thekeyshouldturn thegearshift is in P (Park). Withmanualshift,thekeyshouldturn (Reverse).

try to turnthekey

to Lock

to LOCK onlywhen
R

to LOCK onlywhenyou'rein

Onvehicleswithakeyreleaselever,trytoturnthekey to LOCK without pressingthelever.Thekeyshouldturnto LOCK onlywiththekeylever depressed. Onallvehicles,thekeyshouldcomeoutonlyin

LOCK.
-

Parkingbrakeandtransmission

P (Park)mechanismoperation

I

A

###BOT_TEXT###quot;'hen you doing check, vehicle begin are this your could to move. wu orotherscouldbeinjuredandpropertycouldbedamaged. Makesurethereisroominfront of yourvehicleincaseyoubegin toroll.Bereadytoapplytheregularbrakeatonceshouldthe vehiclebegin to move.

Parkonafairlysteephill,withthevehiclefacingdownhill.Keepingyourfoot ontheregularbrake,setthemanualparkingbrake.

To checktheparkingbrake:Withtheenginerunningandthe transmissionin N (Neutral),slowlyremovefootpressurefromtheregular brakepedal. Do thisuntilthevehicle is heldbytheparkingbrake
To checkthe P (Park)mechanism'sholdingability:Applytheregular brakeandshift to P (Park).Releasethemanualparkingbrake,then slowlyreleasetheregularbrake.

only.

Lapandshoulderbeltsconditionandoperation -Inspect belt system, including:webbing,buckles,latchplates,retractors,guideloopsandanchors. Haveabeltassemblyreplaced if the webbinghasbeencutorotherwise damaged. BodyLubricationService -Lubricateallbodydoorhingesincludingthe tailgate,tailgatehandlepivotpoints,andtailgatemountedsparetirecarrier (if equipped),lubricatethebodyhood,fueldoorandrearcompartmenthinges, latchesandlocksincludinginteriorgloveboxandconsoledoors,andany movingseathardware.Lubricatethehoodsafetyleverpivotandproprod pivot. Morefrequentlubricationmayberequiredwhenexposed to acorrosive environment.
7-1 2

Periodic Maintenance Inspections
Listed below are inspections andserviceswhich should be performed at least twice ayear(for instance, each spring and fall). You should let yourGM dealer’s service departmentor other qualified service center do these jobs. Makesureanynecessary repairs arecompleted atonce.

Steering andSuspension lnspectiont -Inspect front andrearsuspension and steering systemfordamaged, loose or missing parts, signs ofwearor lack of lubrication. Inspect power steering linesandhosesforproper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. (On vehicles equippedwithmanual steering gear,checkfor seal leakage.) Lubricate the steering linkage. AcceleratorControlSystem -Lubricateall pivot points with engine oil, except the TBI throttle shaft. Do not lubricate the campulley.Remove all external deposits from pulley. Do notoilany accelerator or cruise control cables. Replaceany cables that have high effort or excessive wear. ExhaustSystemInspection -Inspect the completesystem. Inspect the body near the exhaustsystem.Lookfor broken, damaged, missing or out-of-position parts, as well as openseams, holes, loose connections or other conditions which could cause a heat buildup in the floorpan or could letexhaustfumesseep into the passengercompartments.See“Engine Exhaust” in the Index. Drive AxleService -Check rearlfront axle fluid level andadd as needed. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. TransferCase (four-wheel drive) lnspectiont -Every 12 monthsorat oil changeintervals,check front axleand transfer caseandadd lubricant when necessary. Oil the control lever pivot point andallexposed control linkage. Check vent hoseat transfer caseforkinksand proper installation. More frequent lubrication may be required on off-road use. t A fluid loss in these systemsmay indicate a problem. Havethem inspected and repaired atonce.

7-1 3

Scheduled Maintenance Services
Recommended FIuids & Lubricants
NOTE: Fluidsandlubricantsidentifiedbelowbyname,partnumberor specification may beobtainedfrom your GM Dealer.
USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT

EngineOil

GMGoodwrenchMotor Oil orequivalentforAPIService orSG/CC,SG/CD, SF, SGorCC of therecommended viscosity.(SeeSection 6.)

SG

EngineCoolant HvdraulicClutchSvstem HydraulicBrakeSystems ParkingBrakeCables PowerSteeringSystem ManualSteeringGear Automatic Transmission Manual Transmission: a. 5-Speed(RPOML3and MWl) b.5-Speed(RPOMY2) Differential: a.Standard - Frontand RearAxle b. Lockina TransferCase SolumnShift,TransferCase ShiftLever,PropellerShaftSlip SplinesandUniversalJoints. SlutchLinkage.Pushrod Autchfork joint.
to

Mixture of waterand a goodqualityethyleneglycolbase antifreezeconforming to GM-6038-M(GMPart No. 1052103). HydraulicClutchFluid(GMPart
No. 12345347orequivalent).

DelcoSupreme 11 brakefluid(GMPartNo.1052535or DOT-3).

of NLGlGrade2, Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements CatagoryLB or GC-LB (GM PartNo.1052497).
GMPowerSteeringFluid(GMPartNo.1050017)or equivalentconforming to GMspec 9985010. GM Lubricant(GMPartNo.1052182)orequivalent. DEXRONBIIE AutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPart 1051855). a. DEXRONOIIEAutomaticTransmissionFluid No. 1051855). b.SynchromeshTransmissionFluid(GMPartNo. 12345349). No.

(GM Part

a.SAE-80W-90GL-5 gear lubricant(GMPartNo. 1052271). b.SAE-80W-90 gear lubricant(GM PartNo. 1052271). DEXRONOIIEAutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPartNo. 1051855). Zhassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade 2, 2atagory LB orGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497). 2hassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2, 2atagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPart No. 1052497). (Continuednextpage) TO289

7-1 4

(Cont’d.)
USAGE
ClutchFork Ball Stud

FLUID/LUBRICANT
Chassis lubricant meetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2, CatagoryLB or GC-LB (GM Part No.1052497). a. Engine oil (GMPart No. 1050109). b. Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements (GMPart No. 1052497). Wheelbearinglubricantmeetingrequirements 2,CatagoryGCorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1051344).

Hood Latch Assembly
a. Pivots and spring anchor b. ReleasePawl FrontWheelBearings ConstantVelocityUniversalJoint AutomaticTransmissionShift Linkage,Floor Shift Linkage, Hood and DoorHinges,Body DoorHingePins,TailgateHinge andLinkage, Folding Seat,Fuel DoorHinge KeyLockCylinders ChassisLubrication Windshield Washer Solvent and Anti-freeze Weatherstrip TailgateMountedSpare Tire Carrier (If Equipped) OuterTailgateHandlePivot Points GasLine WeatherStrips of GM-6031-M of NLGl Grade

Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2, CatagoryLB or GC-LB(GMPart No. 1052497). Engine oil

GMMulti-Purposelubricant(GMPart No. 12345120)or a syntheticlightweightengine oil (SAE5W-30). Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade 2, CatagoryLBor GCiLB (GM Part No. 1052497). GM OptikleenB washersolvent (GMPartNo.1051515)or equivalent. Silicone grease(GMPart No.1052863)orequivalent. Multi-purposelubricantmeetingrequirements 12345120.

of GMPartNo.

GasLineDe-lcer

(GM PartNo.1051516). TO290

Spray-A-Squeek (GM PartNo.1052277).

7-7 5

Scheduled Maintenance Services
Maintenance Record
Aftereach of theprecedingScheduledMaintenanceServices is performed, recordthedate,odometerreading,servicesperformed(listitemnumbers)and whoperformedtheservicesintheappropriatecolumn.Inaddition,retain copies ofyourreceipts. I t is suggestedthatreceipts be keptwithyour Owner’sManual.

TO260

7-1 6

Service Station Checks
It isimportant for you or a service station attendant to performthese under-hood checksateach fuel fill.

Checktheengine

oil level and add if necessary. fluid level and add if necessary.

Check the engine coolant leveland add ifnecessary. Checkthewindshieldwasher SeetheIndexunder these itemsfor information onhow to checkthem.

7-1 7

Scheduled Maintenance Services

The utwu Freedom battery needsnowater. See Page6-31

CwhfngWSAWI
Check and add coolant only at the coolant recovery tank. See Page6-23

\sesnpa(lcs:n
F!uid

Automatic: See Page6-16 Manual: See Page6-19
Fii Capacity 20 US. Gal. (76L). Use unleadedgas only, 87 octane or higher. See Page 6-4
Cold nm PWSSUYlP See Tire-Loading sticker on the inside of the rearedge of thedriver’sdoor lock pillar. See Page6-44

4

+
FullSize: See Page 6-44 CompactSpare: See Page 6-44

k

7-1 8

Customer Assistance Information

Section

Hereyouwillfindout how to contact GMC Truck if youneed assistance. This section also tells you how to obtain service publications andhow to report any safety defects. Customer Satisfaction Procedure ........................................................................ 8-2 Customer Assistance for HearinglSpeech Impaired
8-3

GM Participation in Better BusinessBureau MediatiodArbitration Program....8-3
Reporting Safety Defects...................................................................................... 8-4 Roadside Assistance .................. ................,................ ...... ..........................8-5 .... ...... Service Publications........................ ............................................. .. ..............8-6 .. ......
I

8-1

Customer Assistance Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Your satisfactionandgoodwillareimportanttoyourdealerandGMCTruck. Normally,anyconcernswiththesalestransactionortheoperationofyour vehiclewillberesolvedbyyourdealer'sSalesorServiceDepartments. Sometimes,however,despitethebestintentions of allconcerned, misunderstandingscanoccur. If yourconcernhasnotbeenresolved satisfaction,thefollowingstepsshould be taken:

to your

STEPONE -Discussyourconcernwithamemberofdealership management.Complaintscanoftenbequicklyresolvedatthatlevel.Ifthe matterhasalreadybeenreviewedwiththeSales,Service,orPartsManager, contacttheowner of thedealershiportheGeneralManager. STEP TWO -If aftercontactingamember of DealershipManagement, it appearsyourconcerncannotberesolvedbythedealershipwithoutfurther help, contacttheGMCTruckConsumerRelationsManagerbycalling 1-800-GMC-TRUCK (1-800-462-8782). In Canada,contacttheGM of Canada CustomerAssistanceCenterinOshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854(French).
In Mexico,call(525)254-3777. In PuertoRicoor U.S. VirginIslands,call 1-809-763-1315. In allotheroverseaslocations,contactGMInternational ExportSalesinCanadabycalling1-416-644-4112. Forpromptassistance,pleasehavethefollowinginformationavailable theCustomerAssistanceRepresentative: Your name,address,telephonenumber VehicleIdentificationNumber(Thisisavailablefromthevehicle registrationortitle,ortheplateattachedtothelefttop of theinstrument panelandvisiblethroughthewindshield). Dealership name location and Vehicledeliverydateandpresentmileage Nature of concern Weencourage you tocallthetoll-freenumberlistedpreviouslyinorderto giveyourinquirypromptattention.Informationonofficesoutsidethe whichcanassistyoucanalsobefoundintheWarrantyandOwner AssistanceInformationbooklet. If youneedtocontactusinwriting,pleasecontactConsumerRelationsby writing:GMCTruck,31 E. JudsonStreet1607-07,Pontiac,Michigan 48342-2230.
U. S.

to give

8-2

When contacting GMCTruck,pleaserememberthatyourconcernwilllikely be resolved in the dealership,usingthedealership’sfacilities,equipment and personnel. That iswhywesuggest you followStepOnefirst if youhavea concern.

Customer Assistance for the Hearing or Speech impaired (TDD)
To assist ownerswhohave hearing difficulties,GMCTruckhas installed special TDD (TelecommunicationsDevicesfortheDeaf)equipment at its CustomerAssistanceCenter.Anyhearing or speechimpairedcustomerwho hasaccess to aTDD or conventionalteletypewriter(TTY)cancommunicate withGMCTruckbydialing: In the United States ..................................................................... In Canada .........................................................................................
1-800-GMC-TKTD

1-800-263-3830.

GM Participation in Better Business Bureau Mediation/Arbitration Program*
*Thisprogrammay not be availablein all states,dependingon state law. Canadianownersrefer to yourWarranty and OwnerAssistanceInformation booklet. GeneralMotorsreservestherighttochangeeligibility.limitationsand/orto discontinue its participation in this program. OurexperiencehasshownthattheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure described earlierin this section hasbeenverysuccessful in achieving customersatisfaction.However, if you havenot been substantiallysatisfied, GMCTruckwants you tobeawareofGM’svoluntaryparticipation in a no-charge mediation/arbitration programcalledBBB AUTOLINE.Thisprogram is administeredby the Council of BetterBusinessBureausthroughlocal BetterBusinessBureaus.Theprogramcanresolveindividualdisputes involving vehiclerepairs and the interpretation of yourNewVehicleLimited Warranty. We preferthatyounotresort to BBB AUTO LINE until after afinaldecision ismadeundertheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure.However, you may file a claim at any time by contacting your local BetterBusinessBureau(BBB)at the following toll-free number: 1-800-955-5100. For furtherinformationabout filing aclaim, you mayalsowriteto:BBBAUTOLINE,Council of Better BusinessBureaus, 4200 WilsonBoulevard,Suite800,Arlington,Virginia 22203.

8-3

Customer Assistance Information
In orderto file aclaim,youwillhave to provideyourname and address,the vehicleidentificationnumber(VIN) of yourvehicle,andastatement of the nature ofyourcomplaint. BBB staffmay try to help resolveyourdispute through mediation. If mediationisnotsuccessful, or if youdonotwish to participate in mediation,eligiblecustomersmaypresenttheircase to an impartial third-partyarbitratorataninformalhearing.Thearbitratorwillrender adecision in yourcase,whichyoumayacceptorreject.Ifyouaccepta validarbitratordecision,GMwillbe bound bythatdecision.Theentiredispute settlementprocessshouldordinarilytakeabout 40 daysfromthetimeyoufile yourcomplainttothetimeadecision is rendered(or 47 days if you did not first contact your dealer or GMC Truck). We encourageyoutousethisprogrambeforeorinstead of resorting to the courts. We believeitoffersadvantagesovercourts in mostjurisdictions because it is fast,free of charge,andinformal(lawyersarenotusually present,althoughyoumayretainoneatyourexpense if youchoose). Arbitratorsmakedecisionsbasedontheprincipals of fairness and equity, and arenotrequiredtoduplicate the functions of courtsbystrictlyapplyingstate or federal law. If youwishtogotocourt,however,wedonotrequirethat you firstfileaclaimwith BBB AUTO LINE* unlessstatelawprovides otherwise.Whateveryourpreferencemaybe,rememberthat if youare unhappywiththeresultsofBBB AUTO LINE, youcan still gotocourt becauseanarbitrator’sdecisionisbinding on GM but notonyou,unless you acceptit. Eligibilityislimitedbyvehicleage/mileageandotherfactors.Forfurther informationconcerningtheprogram,calltheBBB at 1-800-955-5100. You may also call GMCTruck’sCustomerRelationsManager. *Some states may requirethatyoufileaclaimwithBBB resortingto state-operated procedures(including court). AUTOLINEbefore

Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government
If youbelievethatyourvehiclehasadefectwhichcouldcauseacrash couldcauseinjury or death,youshouldimmediatelyinformtheNational HighwayTrafficSafetyAdministration(NHTSA),inadditiontonotifyingGeneral Motors.

or

IfNHTSAreceivessimilarcomplaints, it mayopenaninvestigation, and if it finds that asafetydefectexists in agroupofvehicles, it mayorderarecall and remedycampaign.However,NHTSAcannotbecomeinvolved in individual problemsbetweenyou,yourdealer, orGeneralMotors.

8-4

To contact NHTSA,youmayeithercall the AutoSafetyHotlinetoll-freeat write to: 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in theWashington,D.C.area)or NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation,Washington,D.C.20590. You can also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safetyfrom the Hotline.

Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government
If youliveinCanada, and you believe that yourvehiclehas a safetydefect, you should immediately notify TransportCanada, in addition to notifying GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited. Youmay writeto:TransportCanadaat Box 8880,Ottawa,OntarioK1G3J2.

Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA(orTransportCanada) in a situation like this, we certainlyhopeyou'll notify us. Pleasecallusat1-800-GMC-TRUCK E. Judson (I-800-462-8782), orwrite:GMCTruck,ConsumerRelations,31 Street 1607-07, Pontiac,Michigan48342-2230. In Canada,pleasecallusat 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:General Motors of CanadaLimited,CustomerAssistanceCenter,1908ColonelSam Drive, Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7.

Roadside Assistance
GMCTruck'sRoadsideAssistanceprovides stranded ownerswith over-the-phoneroadsiderepairs or towingservice for disabledvehicles.This service combines the efforts of technically trained telephone representatives with a network ofGMCTruck'sdealerservices. Just dial GMCTruckRoadsideAssistanceat1-800-GMC-TRUCK (1-800-462-8782) to reach a qualified representative who can assist you in repairorarrange a tow.Otherrecommendedservicescan also be arranged for situations such as retrieving locked-in keys,changing a tire,or delivering gasoline, at a charge to the owner.We alsoprovidedealer information at no chargesuchas location of thenearest GMCTruckdealerand their hours of operation. RoadsideAssistanceis available 24hours a day, sevendays a week,365 days a year, including weekendsandholidays. Should youhaveany questionsaboutRoadsideassistance,calltheGMCTruckRoadside Assistance Center or Contact your dealer. In Canada, call 1-800-268-6800 fordetailsonRoadsideAssistance.

8-5

Customer Assistance Information
Service Publications
Informationonhow to obtainProductServicePublications,Subscriptions and Indexesasdescribedbelowisapplicableonlyinthefifty US. states (and the DistrictofColumbia) and onlyforlighttruckswithGVWRlessthan 10,000 pounds(4536kg). In Canada,informationpertainingtoProductServiceBulletinsandIndexes can be obtainedbywriting to: GeneralMotorsofCanadaLimited,Service PublicationsDepartment,1908ColonelSam Dr., Oshawa,Ontario L1H 8P7. GMCTruckregularlysends its dealers useful servicebulletinsaboutGMC Truckproducts.GMCTruckmonitorsproductperformance in thefield. We then preparebulletinsforservicingourproductsbetter. Now, youcanget these bulletinstoo. Bulletinscovervarioussubjects.Somepertaintotheproperuse and care of yourvehicle.Somedescribecostlyrepairs.Othersdescribeinexpensive repairswhich, if done on timewiththelatestparts,mayavoidfuturecostly repairs.Somebulletinstellatechnicianhow to repairaneworunexpected condition. Othersdescribeaquickerway to fix yourvehicle.Theycanhelpa technician serviceyourvehiclebetter. Mostbulletinsapplytoconditionsaffectingasmallnumber GMCTruckdealeroraqualifiedtechnicianmayhavetodetermine specific bulletin appliestoyourvehicle. of trucks. Your if a

You cansubscribeto all GMCTruckbulletins.Thiswayyou’llgetthemas theycomeout. You can waitawhile and getanindextothebulletins. You can also getindividualbulletins.However,you’ll need theindextoidentify them.

Subscriptions You cansubscribetoall GMCTruckProductServicePublications(PSP’s). This willincludebulletinsforalllighttrucks(lessthan 10,000 Ibs. [4536 kg] GVWR) sold by GMC Truck and willnot be limitedto PSP’s applicabletoany particular model.When you buy a subscription,youwillreceivethe PSP’s in periodicmailings,shortlyaftertheycomeout. A subscriptioncosts U.S. $75.00 ($85.00 includingaspecialbinder)and it entitlesyouto all PSP’s published byGMCTruckduringthemodelyear. You canpurchasea subscription bysending a checkormoneyordertoGMCTruckService Publications,PostOfficeBox436006,Pontiac,Michigan48343alongwith the orderform located atthe end of thissection. You maygetadditional subscriptionorderingforms by callingthetoll-freenumbershowninthis section, oryoucanfindthematparticipatingdealerships.

8-6

Individual PSP’s If youdon’twant to buyallthePSP’s issued byGMCTruckfor all models in themodelyear,youcanbuyindividualPSP’s, such as those whichmay pertain to aparticular model, To do this,you will first need toseeourindex ofPSP’s. It provides a variety of information.Here’swhatyou’ll find inthe index and how you cangetone: What You’ll Find in the Index: A list of all PSP’s published by GMCTruck in amodelyear(1989 or later). PSP’s covering all models of GMCTrucklighttrucks (less than 10,000 pounds [4536 kg] GVWR) are listed in the sameindex.
Ordering information so youcanbuythespecific PSP’s you maywant. Price information for thePSP’s you maywant to buy.

How You Can Get an Index: Indexes are published periodically.Most ofthePSP’swhich applytothemostrecentGMCTruckmodelswill be listed publication for that modelyear. This meansyoumaywant end of the modelyear before ordering an index, if youare buying PSP’s pertaining toacurrentmodelyeartruck.

could potentially in themostrecent to wait until the interested in

SomePSP’s pertaining toa particular modelyearvehiclemay be published in lateryears, and ‘these would be listed inthelater year’s index.When‘you orderan index foramodelyearthatis not over yet, we’llsendyou the most recently published issue.Check the orderingformforindexesforearliermodel years. Cut out the orderingform, fill it out, and mail it in. We will thenseeto it that an index is mailedto you. There is no charge forindexesforthe 1989-1993 modelyears.

Toll-Free Telephone Number If you want an additional orderingformfor an indexorasubscription, just call toll-free and we’ll be happy to send you one.Automatedrecording equipmentwill take yourname and mailingaddress.Thenumber to call is 1-800-551-4123.

8-7

Customer Assistance lnformation
Copies at Participating Dealers Copies of Indexesandindividual PSP’s areatyourparticipatingGMCTruck dealer. You canasktoseethem. A VERY IMPORTANTREMINDER: ThesePSP’saremeantfortechnicians. Theyare not meantforthe“do-it-yourselfer.”Technicianshavetheequipment, tools,safetyinstructions, and know-howto do a job quickly and safely. GMC Truckreservestherighttochange November, 1992.
these procedureswithoutnoticeafter

GMC Truck Service Publications You cangettheseProductServicePublicationsbyusingtheorderform the end of thissection. You canalsogetServiceManualsandOwner Publications.

at

1993 SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERINGINFORMATION
You can get manuals that tell how to operate and service your vehicle. To order them, fill out the order form on the next page and send it to the address below. GMC Truck Service Publications Post Office Box 436006 Pontiac, MI 48343
If
'

ut

/e questionsorwouldliketoorderusingyour cred,it.qard, '* call us TOLL FREE at 1-800-627-5699.
. ..

From c m n 4 M e Continental United States, please call 1-313-455-8016 the

3LOVE BOX LITERATUREFORYOURSONOMA rlanuaC Price Number Form Jwner's $5.50 al Warranty 7 $2.00 orage Vehicle x-0101 You can also ordertheGloveBoxLiteratureinavinyl pdfolio which includes all of these publications. for Ask form number 15689274-it costs $1 4.00. SERVICEMANUALSFORALLLIGHTDUTYTRUCKS *I-dudes FuelandEmissionsManualX-9336 FormNumber i x-93: x-9357 X-9332 dels X-9330 x-932 rvicemanualsyoucanbuythatc mit repair.. Call us to get a catalogue
I

P F

J C T SE

"^E

-dscrip?ion 1990. Model Year Index 1991 Model YearIndex 1992 Model Year Index 1993 Model Year Index 1993 Model Year Product Service Publication Subscription Above Subscription With Binder Binder Onlv
I

IBLICATIONS FormNumbel PSP I 90 PSP I 91 PSP I 92 PSP I 93
PSP93 PSP 93a
DU!

ces subjt

to change

rot

!.

W i Sectics;.,

.
A
Accessory Power Outlet ..............2-53 Air Cleaner .................................... 6-14 Air Conditioning................... 3-6, 6-35 Fan Lever ..................................... 3-6 Function Lever ............................ 3-6 Refrigerant Capacity .................6-65 Temperature Lever ...................... 3-6 Antenna, Fixed Mast ...................3-26 Antilock Brakes (See “Brakes”) Appearance Care .......................... 6-50 Materials .................................... 6-56 Arbitration Program........................ 8-3 Audio Systems ............................... 3-7 AM Radio..................................... 3-9 AM-FM Stereo Audio Compact Disc (CD) System ................... 3-20 AM-FM Stereo . Audio System ........................ 3-1 1 AM-FM Stereo Audio System with Cassette Deck .............. 3 3-1 AM-FMStereo Audio System with Cassette Deckand Equalizer ................................. 3-1 6 Anti-Theft System .................... 3-23 Compact Disc Care .................. 3-25 Automatic Transmission ............... 6 2-1 Fluid............................................ 6-16 Axle Front ........................................... 6-22 Rear ............................................ 6-21 9-1

5 Battery ...........................................

6-31

Belts (See “Safety Belts”) BetterBusinessBureau Mediation ..................................... 8-3 Blizzard .......................................... 4-53 Brakes Adjustment ................................. 4-17 Antilock ...................................... 4-14 Fluid ........................................... 6-29 Leak Check ............................... 6-30 Master Cylinder ........................ 6-29 Parking....................................... 2-21 Pedal Travel .............................. 4-17 Rear Drum Brakes ...................4-17 Replacing Parts ........................ 6-30 System Warning Light .2.66. 4-16 Trailer ......................................... 4-59 Wear Indicators ........................ 4-16 Braking .......................................... 4-12 In Emergencies ........................ 4-17 Break.ln. New Vehicle ...................2-9 Bulb Replacement .......................6-31 Replacement Chart .................. 6-63

C
Capacities and Specification 6-61 Charts ........................................ 4-53 Carbon Monoxide ...2.26.2.27. Cassette TapePlayer (See“AudioSystems”)

Catalytic Converter ...................... 6-37 CertificatiodTire Label .................6-38 Changing A Flat Tire ........5-16, 5-21 Chemical Paint Spotting ..............6-56 Child Restraints (See “SafetyBelts”) Cigarette LighterlAshtrays ...........2-54 Circuit Breakers (See “Fuses”) Cleaning Finish Care ................................ 6-54 Glass .......................................... 6-53 Inside of Vehicle ....................... 6-51 Instrument Panel, Top ............. 6-53 Outside of Vehicle .................... 6-54 Special Problems...................... 6-52 Vinyl or Leather ........................ 6-53 Wheels and Tires ..................... 6-55 Windshield ................................ 6-54 Clock ... 3-10, 3-12, 3-14, 3-17, 3-21 Convenience Net .......................... 2-57 Conversion to Chassis Cab ........6-43 Coolant (See “Engine”) Cooling System Capacity............6-62 Crankcase Capacity ...................... 6-62 Cruise Control ............................... 2-41 Increase Speed ......................... 2-43 On Hills ...................................... 2-45 Passing...................................... 2-45 Reduce Speed .......................... 2-44 Resume ..................................... 2-43 Set .............................................. 2-42 To Get Out Of .......................... 2-45 Customer Assistance for the Hearing or Speech Impaired ....8-3 Customer Satisfaction Procedure.8-2

Driver Position ............................. 1-14 Driving Across an Incline ..................... 4-31 After Off-Road Driving ............ 4-34 At Night ..................................... 4-34 Backing Up ............................... 4-60 Defensive ..................................... 4-8 Downhill ..................................... 4-29 Freeway ..................................... 4-42 Highway Hypnosis ...................4-45 Hydroplaning ............................. 4-38 In Blizzard ................................. 4-53 In City ....................................... 4-41 In Fog,Mistand Haze .4-39, 4-40 In Sand, Mud, Ice, Or Snow ..................... 4-32, 5-30 In Rain ...................................... 4-37 In Water .................................... 4-33 Long Distance .......................... 4-44 Loss of Control ........................ 4-22 Night Vision .............................. 4-35 Off-Roading ............................... 4-23 On Curves ................................. 4-18 On Grades ................................. 4-60 On Hill and MountainRoads . 4-46 On Off-Road Hills .................... 4-26 On Snow or Ice ....................... 4-51 Passing ............................ 4-20, 4-60 Skidding ..................................... 4-22 Stuck in Deep Snow .....4-54, 5-30 Through Water ..............2-14, 4-33 Uphill .......................................... 4-27 Winter ........................................ 4-51 With a Trailer ............................ 4-59 Drunken Driving ............................. 4-9

D
Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only) ......2-48, 2-49, Indicator Light .....2-48, 2-49, Dome Lights ................................. Doors ............................................... Locks ........................................... 2-71 2-71 2-50 2-5 2-6 9-2

E
Electrical System Add-on Equipment ...................6-59 Engine Adding Coolant ...............5-12, 6-25 Air Cleaner ................................ 6-14 Block Heater .......... 2-15, 3-7, 6-13

Coolant ............................ 6-23, 6-62 Coolant Temperature Gage ......2-67 Crankcase .................................. 6-62 Exhaust ..................................... 2-26 Fan Noise .................................. 5-15 Identification ................... 6-57, 6-61 Oil (See “Oil”) Overheating................................. 5-9 Running While Parked .............2-26 Starting ...................................... 2-1 1 Equipment, Add-on ...................... 6-40 Exhaust System ........................... 6-37

Gasolines for Cleaner Air ......... 6-5 Tank Capacity ........................... 6-62 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ........ 6-59 Fuse Block ................................ 6-60 Headlights ...................... 6-60, 6-64 Power Windows and Other Power Options ........... 6-60, 6-67 Trailer Wiring Harness ...6-60, 6-67 Windshield Wipers ........ 6-60, 6-67

G
Gages ............................................ 2-65 Coolant Temperature Gage ..... 2-67 Fuel Gage .................................. 2-74 Odometer ........................ 2-62, 2-63 Oil Pressure Gage .................... 2-69 Speedometer ............................. 2-62 Tachometer ................................ 2-65 Trip Odometer ........................... 2-64 Voltmeter ................................... 2-75

F
Fan Noise ...................................... 5-15 Filter Replacement Chart ............6-66 Finish Care ............................................ 6-54 Damage ..................................... 6-55 Fluid 6-1 Automatic Transmission ........... 6 Brake .......................................... 6-29 Capacities .................................. 6-62 Coolant Recovery ..................... 5-11 Front Axle .................................. 6-22 Hydraulic Clutch ....................... 6-20 Leak Check................................ 6-30 Manual Transmission ................ 9 6-1 Power Steering ......................... 6-27 Radiator...................................... 5-13 Rear Axle ................................... 6-21 Recommended Fluids ..............7-14 Transfer Case ............................ 6-21 Windshield Washer ................... 6-28 Fog Lamps .................................... 2-47 Four-wheel Drive ..............2-27, 6-21 Transfer Case ............................ 6-21 Front Axle .................................. 6-22 6-4 Fuel .................................................. Filling YourTank ......................... 6-6 Foreign Countries........................ 6-6 Gage........................................... 2-74

H
Halogen Bulbs.............................. 6-31 Hazard Warning Flashers .............. 5-2 Head Restraints ............................. 1-7 Headlights ..................................... 6-32 High Beam Indicator Light .....2-72 High-Low Beam ........................ 2-38 Reminder ................................... 2-49 Heating System (without A/C) .....3-5 Fan Lever .................................... 3-5 Function Lever ............................ 3-5 Temperature Lever ...................... 3-5 Highway Hypnosis ....................... 4-45 Hitches .......................................... 4-58 Hood Checking Under..........................6-7 Latches and Hinge ..................6-36 Release ........................................ 6-8 Horn ............................................... 2-33 Hydraulic Clutch ........................... 6-20 Grease Fitting ...........................6-34 Hydroplaning................................. 4-38 9-3

INDEX
I
If You’re Stuck In Sand. Mud Ice. or Snow ............................. 5-30 Ignition Switch ................................ 2-9 Inflation-Tire Pressure ................. 6-44 Instrument Panel ...............2-58, 2-62 Digital Cluster ................2-61. 2-62 Standard Cluster ............2-59, 2-60

HydraulicClutchGrease Fitting ..................................... &g4 Hood Latches and Hinge ........ 6-36 Lock Cylinders ..........................6-36 PropellerShaftSlip Splines/Universal Joints .......6-36 Rear Axle .................................. 6-21 Recommended Lubricants ......7-14 Transfer Case............................ 6-21 Maintenance Other Items ............................... 6-34 Periodic Inspections ................7-13 Record ....................................... 7-16 Scheduled Maintenance ............ 7-3 Underbody ................................. 6-55 Master Cylinder (See “Brakes”) Mirrors ........................................... 2-50 Convex Outside ........................ 2-51 Inside ......................................... 2-51 Outside ...................................... 2-51 Vanity ......................................... 2-52 Model Reference ............................... iii

5-17, 5-27 Jump Starting ................................. 5-3

J Jack Storage ......................

K Key Release Lever ....................... 2-1 1 Keys ................................................. 2-3 L Lights ............................................ 2-46 Brake System Warning ............4-16 Bulb Replacement .................... 6-31 Charging System Light ............2-70

Check Gages Light ...................2-71 Dome Lights ............................. 2-50 Fog Lamps................................. 2-47 Front ParkinglTurn Signal ........6-32 Indicator .......................... 2-65, 2-70 Headlights (See “Headlights”) Malfunction Indicator ....2-68, 6-37 Operation................................... 2-37 Service Engine Soon ...............6-37 Rear ............................................ 6-33 Replacement Chart ................... 6-63 LoadingInformation .4-23, 6-38, 6-41 Loading Your Vehicle ........4-23. 6-38 Lubrication .................................... 6-35 Accelerator Control System ....6-35 Body ........................................... 6-36 Front Axle .................................. 6-22 FrontSuspension and 6-34 Steering Linkage ................... FrontWheelBearings (Two-Wheel Drive) ................6-34 Tailgate Handle ......................... 6-36

0
Odometer ............................ 2-62, 2-63 Off-Road Driving (See “Driving”) Off Road Recovery ......................4-19 Oil .................................................... 6-9 Additives ....................................6-13 Disposal of Used ..................... 6-14 Pressure Gage .......................... 2-69 To Check .................................. 6-10 What Kind to Use.................... 6-11 When to Add ............................ 6-10 When to Change...................... 6-13 Owner Checks and Services ...... 7-11

-

P
Parking On Hills ........................... 4.48. 4-61 Over Things That Burn ...........2-25 Torque (Automatic Lock .2 Transmission) ..............2 2 . 4-50
9-4

Safety Chains ............................... 4-59 Your Vehicle (Manual Safety Warnings and Symbols .... 0-2 Transmission) ........................ 2-24 Scheduled Maintenance Parking Brake ............................... 2-2 1 Services ....................................... 7-3 Passing Other Vehicles .... 4.20. 4-60 Seats Pavement Markings........................ 4-7 Controls ....................................... 1-2 Payload Capacity .......................... 6-39 Easy Entry Seat ......................... 1-5 Periodic Maintenance Jump ............................................ 1-6 Inspections................................ 7-1 3 Latches ........................................ 1-4 Power Manual Front .............................. 1-2 Door Locks .................................. 2-7 Manual Lumbar Adjustment ..... 1-4 Steering ...................................... 4-1 7 Reclining ...................................... 1-3 Steering Fluid ............................ 6-27 Service Winches .................................... 4-62 Do-It-Yourself .............................. 6-3 Product Service Publications ........8-6 Parts Identification Label ........6-59 R Publications......................... 8-6, 8-8 Radiator Pressure Cap ................6-26 ReplacementPartsand Radio(See“AudioSystems”) Filter Recommendations ......6-66 Recommended Fluids Service Engine Soon Light ........2-68 And Lubricants.......................... 7-1 4 Service Station Checks ...............7-17 Recovery Hooks ........................... 5-31 Shift Indicator Light .................... 2-72 Replacement Parts ....................... 6-61 Shift Light ..................................... 2-20 Reporting Safety Defects .............. 8-5 Shifting Into Park ........................ 2-23 Road Signs ..................................... 4-2 Sliding Rear Window .................. 2-32 Roadside Assistance ...................... 8-5 Spare Tire ..................................... 5-20 Rocking Your Vehicle ................... 5-30 Removal..................................... 5-20 Storage ...................................... 5-27 S Specification Charts .................... 6-61 Safety Belts Speedometer ................................ 2-62 Cleaning ..................................... 6-53 Starting Your Engine ..................... 2-11 Checking Restraint System .....1-35 Steering ......................................... 4-17 Child Restraints ........................1-26 In Emergencies ........................4-18 Small Children and Babies......1-24 Tips ............................................ 4-18 Extender .................................... 1-35 Storage Compartments ...............2-55 1-22 Lap ............................................. Sun Visors .................................... 2-52 Lap Shoulder ............................. 1-15 Swing-Out Windows .................... 2-32 Larger Children ......................... 1-32 Proper Wear .............................. 1-14 T Questions and Answers...........1-1 2 Tachometer ................................... 2-65 Reminder Light ......................... 1-13 Tailgate .......................................... 2-33 Replacing After a .Crash..........1-35 Theft ................................................ 2-8 Use During Pregnancy.............1-20 Thermostat .................................... 6-26 Why They Work .......................... 1-9 Tilt Wheel ..................................... 2-34

9-5

Ti res ............................................... 6-43 Balancing................................... 6-48 Chains ........................................ 6-49 Changing a Flat .............5-16, 5-21 Compact Spare ......................... 5-28 Flat.............................................. 5-15 Hub Capsand Wheel Nut Caps ................... 5-22 Inspection and Rotation ..........6-44 Loading...................................... 6-43 New ............................................ 6-46 Pressure ..................................... 6-44 Spare (See “Spare Tire”) Underbody Carrier .........5-19, 5-27 Uniform Tire Quality Grading .6-47 Towing A Trailer ...................................... 4-56 Following Distance ................... 4-60 Maintenance .............................. 4-62 Recreational Vehicle ................. 4-54 Towing Your Vehicle ...........4-54, 5-7 Traffic Lights ................................... 4-6 Trailer Brakes ........................................ 4-59 Wiring Harness ..............2-75, 6-60 TraileringPackage ........................ 6-40 Transfer Case ................................ 6-21 Electronic ................................... 2-29 Manual ....................................... 2-28 Transmission Automatic .................................. 2-16 Five-Speed Manual................... 9 2-1 Fluid ................................ 6-16, 6-19 Fluid, To Add .................6-18, 6-20 Four-wheel (See “Four-Wheel Drive”) Manual Shift Speeds ...............2-20 Shift Light ................................. 2-20 Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission) ..............2-18, 4-50

Trip Odometer .............................. 2-64 Turn SignallMultifunction Lever .. 2-35 Turn SignalLane Change Indicator ................................. 2-73

V
Vehicle Damage Warnings ..................... 0-3 Identification Number ..............6-57 Loading ........................... 4-23, 6-38 Storage ...................................... 6-31 Symbok ...................................... . 0-4 Ventilation System ......................... 3-3 Air Vents ..................................... 3-4 Tips .............................................. 3-3 Voltmeter ....................................... 2-75

W
Warning Devices, Other ............................ 5-3 Lights,Gages, And Indicators ...........2-65, 2-70 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ... 6-48. Aluminum .................................. 6-55 HubCapsand 5-22 Wheel Nut Caps ................... Nut Torque ................................ 6-61 Replacement ............................. 6-48 Used Replacement ...................6-49 Windows ........................................ 2-31 Sliding Rear .............................. 2-32 Swing-Out.................................. 2-32 Windshield Washer ...................... 2-40 Washer Fluid ............................ 6-28 Winter Driving .............................. 4-51 Wipers, Windshield 2-38, 6-54, 6-60 Blade Chatter ............................ 6-54 Blade Inserts ............................ 6-35 Cleaning Blades........................ 6-54 Low Speed Delay ..................... 2-39

9-6

1

I ,
NOTES

NOTES

-

.-